#//i have so many more lmk if you wanna hear them
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Text
Graves + Shadows Headcanons [Part 2] [Part 3] Words: 585
Unsurprisingly, he's very protective of his Shadows. Yes, they're mercenaries and soldiers and very much capable of looking after themselves, but he will not tolerate it when clients treats his Shadows as expendable. They are his soldiers.
Graves has absolutely gone out of his way to get to know the Soldiers that work under him. He knows each and every one of them by name, a random fact about them and at least one of their interests.
Would and has killed for his Shadows at one point or another and would do it again. The same goes vice versa.
Movie night at least once a month in the rec room is compulsory.
Team bonding exercises/days out are also compulsory. They all need to get along one way or another if they're going to be relying on each out out in the field.
Has offered himself in exchange for the safe return of one of his soldiers who was captured during a mission.
Actually put an age restriction on becoming a Shadow. Being a mercenary isnât easy and itâs very different to being a soldier in the army. All shadows are over 21 when hired, but even then most are over the age of 25.
Due to the nature of their roles, being injured enough to lose a limb isnât as rare as Graves prefers. When this happens, he has always made sure the Shadow affected has access to the best medical care as well as prosthetics should they want it. If they decide to leave/retire from Shadow company after that, they are still given access to the best medical care money can buy funded out of Graves' own pocket.
Is surprisingly good at cutting hair! Some Shadows don't feel comfortable having a stranger cut their hair/see their faces underneath their masks if they wear one often. He learnt how to cut hair pretty well from his momma.
HUGE on his Soldiers going to therapy. Some missions are harder than others and especially stressful, it's important his Shadows have a place to vent.
Has several chefs with different specialities in the kitchen who are all able to create and cook nutritional and delicious meals that all cater to everyoneâs eating preferences.
Many of the younger Shadows have called him dad at least once by accident. Itâs a running gag at this point and Graves always laughs it off and then goes to his room to cry a lil bit.
Expanding on this, a lot of the Shadows view him as a parental/familial figure and Graves prides himself on that fact. He doesnât see them as his own kids, considering some of them are older than he is, but he definitely considers all of them part of his family.
Further expanding on that, some of the older Shadows have called him 'son' on several occasions and he has caught himself almost calling them dad more than once.
One of his Shadows named their first born son after him. They brought little Phil to base when he was only a few weeks old and let Graves hold the kid and he 100% ugly cried and refused to give the baby back for a solid 2 hours.
Some of his Shadows have kids back at home. Graves has memorised all their names and birthdays and makes sure to send them a little something on their special days. The younger kids calls him Uncle Philly and he absolutely cried when he heard them go âHi Uncle Philly!â across call once.
have a request? send one in!
#//i have so many more lmk if you wanna hear them#phillip graves#modern warfare 2#modern warfare 3#shadow company#cod mw 2022#modern warfare ii#mw2#mw3#mwii#mwiii
125 notes
¡
View notes
Text
đŤđđĽđđđ˘đ¨đ§đŹđĄđ˘đŠ đĄđđđđđđ§đ¨đ§đŹ. sakura, ume, kaji, suo, kiryu, togame.
"ever caught yourself fantasizing how they'd be as your lover? ever wanted to smooch them so badly you just wanna-- look no further, sweetie."
đđđđđđđ đđđđđđđđ: general FLUFF NATION BABIIIEEEE, a bit of language but only if you squint a little, I made it as gender neutral as possible but pls lmk if I made some mistakes!, our men are lovesick and absolutely down bad BAD, quick mention of bumping uglies, kaji the crowdkiller, brainworm infestation things, bibi went to yap town with togame's.
đŹđđ¤đŽđŤđ.
- big on acts of service BUT IS HORRIBLE AT HIDING HOW MUCH HE LIKES DOING STUFF FOR YOU. hear me out. heâd be the one opening doors for you, covering your head with his jacket when itâs raining outside (heâs getting soaked and you nag him about getting sick)âŚ. all that. Heâs blushing profusely. When you smile up at him, he immediately smiles back but then he claps a hand over his mouth to hide it. Give him time ok heâll come around.
- he loves you. of course thatâs a given because youâre his lover BUT BUT. he love LOVES you. like a lot. so much that itâs kind of painful, you know what I mean? Like he wants to express it so friggin bad, but he doesnât know how to. His words escape him, he panics when he makes a move. Heâs spent many a night just staring down at you with the most lovestruck eyes while youâre fast asleep. Tears falling from his eyes because heâs so happy you chose HIM of all people. He never thought heâd be worthy of being loved, of being trusted, of being CONSIDERED. You gave all of that to him and more. GOD he loves you.
- is super conflicted about PDA lol sometimes he wants to hold your hand in public, kiss you all over, hug you, but god damn it heâs blushing from head to toe whenever heâs around you. Heâs got the cuteness aggression fever but he canât let it ouuuttttt đŁď¸đŁď¸đŁď¸
đŽđŚđ.
- EVERYTHING IS HIS LOVE LANGUAGE. Like, if youâre not into physical touch, heâd do something else for you. If youâre not the acts of service type and you wanna do stuff yourself, thatâs cool too!!! He can manage!!!! Although heâd want to help you out so bad butâŚ. Heâs cheering on you from the sidelines. On that note, heâs your biggest (and loudest) cheerleader! Youâd have an achievement and no matter how small or big it is, his friends and neighbors and the random strangers he passes by know about it and how amazing you are. BECAUSE YOU ARE.
- loves it when you help him out in the garden hehehe loves it extra if you know how to take care of the veggies and fruits hehehehe like, youâd be tending to the potted plants and heâs checking for aphids on the other side of the garden. Youâre actively pruning the basil the right way so itâd grow bushier, youâre hand pollinating the pumpkins, you even suggested on doing the three sisters method so youâd yield more harvest in the coming months. He may or may not have begged you to marry him once or fifty times every time heâs caught you doing that. (Ofc youâve said yes once or fifty times lol)
- WORST CUTENESS AGGRESSION FEVER SUFFERER. You cannot convince me otherwise. Youâd be doing the most mundane things, walking down the road with him, lounging on the couch with your belly out and body contorted in the most unattractive position, just STANDING THEREâŚ.. heâs immediately on you, peppering kisses everywhere his lips can reach, hugging you so close, rubbing his face all over youdbjfjdndnnd CUTENESS AGGRESSION IS UMEMIYA AND UMEMIYA IS CUTENESS AGGRESSION. If he could heâd bite you. He has btw. On multiple occasions. The tiniest, softest chomp though.
- never fails to tell you how much he loves you. On the daily, on the fly, every time he meets your eyes. âI love youâ so easily slips from his lips, he expresses it so easily but it never loses its meaning with him. He means it every time he utters those three words. You can feel it too. Just⌠donât ask him to elaborate because heâd drop anything heâs doing just to explain to you as to how and why and what and where andâuh oh is he crying?????
đđđđ đđđđ
đđđ đđđđđ đđđ đđđ.
đ¤đđŁđ˘.
- WOULD MAKE PLAYLISTS FOR YOU. Hear me out again. Heâs horrible with words ok? Like heâs thorny. Heâd say the meanest things accidentally sometimes without him realizing that. So, he makes playlists for you. Heâs made one for himself when he first realized he had a crush on you, btw. Donât tell him I told you. Notice how heâs had his headphones on his head whenever you first started talking to him? Yeah he was listening to it when he saw you passing by. Best music taste btw. Listens to all genres too like he doesnât discriminate. Get him started on some hardcore bands though, heâs yapping. Eyebrows furrowed. (He likes rowdy places but doesnât get rowdy? Canonically too? Yeah the manâs outside the pit pushing the crowdkillers away from you. CATCH HIM IN THE PIT THOUGH OH MY GOD THATâS A CROWDKILLER RIGHT THERE.) on that note, he loves going to gigs with you. You wanna go check a local band? Heâs immediately got ticket stubs for their next gig.
- another acts of service guy. You see those tiktoks of girls grabbing something under the table and the guy holding the corner of the table so she wouldnât accidentally hit it? Or like when you got full hands and you canât go to open the door, the guyâs materialized beside you, opening it for you? Yeah thatâs him. Real subtle about it though. Donât bring attention to it pls unless you want him to not look at you for a couple of minutes (heâs blushing pls be patient)
- the type to nag at you when you get hurt. Man oh MAN does he nag. Heâs gone through one too many fights already so he knows how to patch himself up real nice. But when YOU get hurt, heâs immediately digging through his first aid kit, cleaning your wound and patching you up while nagging you to be more careful next time, what if he wasnât around to help, what if this what if that grumble grumble. Heâs got his lollipop in his mouth btw. Pull it out for a second and GIVE HIM THE BIGGEST SMOOCH TO SHUT HIM UP PLEASE. Sweetest kisses. Both literally and figuratively đĽš
đŹđŽđ¨.
- GENTLEMAN GENTLEMAN GENTLEMAN. Oh my god if you donât want attention drawn to the both of you, never bring Suo out in public!!!!!!!! He does the most for you so effortlessly, so beautifully, people swoon and get jealous because of it. The type to give you flowers too. Not just on special occasions too. And not just flowers in a bouquet. No. The flowers are already arranged in a vase so you wouldnât have to worry about grabbing a vase yourself. Goodness your normal dates would seem so extravagant when heâs around. Youâd be eating at a McDonaldâs and youâre looking over at your lover and he looks so dashing and he smells so good and heâs got the softest smile anfjdjjdj UGHHHHHH!!!!!! But if youâre not into flowers, heâd find some other way to express his love for you in a different way. Whatever youâre comfortable with, heâs down for.
- big tease. He likes seeing you squirm and pout when heâs playing a little prank on you. You swear you can see a slight blush on his cheeks when you pout but itâs so so subtle you think itâs the lighting.
- is not afraid to express how much he absolutely LOVES you. If you need reassurance, heâs pulling you to the side to talk about it. If you need him to kiss you more, oh heâs doing THAT AND MORE. If youâre the jealous type, even better. Heâs smooching you in front of the person you think is flirting with him. But if youâre not into that intense stuff, heâs pulling you into the conversation, keeping a hand on your waist and looking over to you for an extra opinion. Lays on the âdoveâ, âmy loveâ, âmy sweetâ, âmy heartâ, T H I C K . And I fucking mean THICK.
đ¤đ˘đŤđ˛đŽ.
- *dreamy sigh* a fucking dreamboat is what he is. You could never, EVER go wrong with kiryu, man. I swear. A gentleman through and through. Takes you on spontaneous dates, likes going to arcades with you and winning you the biggest plushie!!!! (heâs really good at it), would take you on perfume dates (HE SMELLS GOOD CANONICALLY UGH), would even do your make up for you. Ugh. UGH. Heâd be the best partner you could ever ask for. Yâknow those perfect couples on tiktok? Thatâs you and him. But itâs all genuine, baby. Thatâs just how he loves.
- big on matching outfits. But not the blatant matching ones, no. Like, same color palettes, same textures, YES. YES. The outfit brainstorming is part of your dates too. Heâd let you borrow his clothes if you want, heâd even let you spritz some of his most expensive perfumes đ!!!!
- SKINCARE DATES TOO. WOAH WOAH WOAH. like, he has a AM/PM routine but he'd love to do it with you! he'd suggest all the best stuff for your skin, check if your skin's more on the dry side, oily side, yes. your man knows his shit and it SHOWS. your skin's practically glowing when you're with him. boyfriend air doesn't exist.
- IF YOU NEED REASSURANCE AND A HYPEMAN HE IS YOUR FUCKING GUY I CANNOT STRESS THIS ENOUGH. God heâd see you looking at yourself in the mirror, fussing over how you look and practically putting yourself down, his heart would break. Like, how could you not see how he sees you? Heâs taking you in his arms and telling you everything he absolutely adores about you, how beautiful you are, showering you with praise on the sweetest most kiryu way possible. Heâs peppering kisses along your tear streaked cheeks until youâre smiling again. âThereâs that smile,â he says as he pulls away, cupping your face in his hands. Ugh he even has the most lovesick puppydog eyes for you. âI love you, alright? So much,â he kisses your forehead, âSo, So much.â He whispers into your hairline. GOOOOODDDDDDD đŤ and did I say HYPEMAN? I mean it. Do a little spin for him in your new clothes and heâs screaming and yelling and taking so much pictures of you!!!!! His instagram feedâs full of you, your couple photos, your dates⌠practically a fan account of your relationship. He loves you and he loves loving you!!!!!!!!! and if you're the jealous type, he'd be so patient with you. he'd reassure you to the moon and back!!! ofc since he's popular with girls, he'd do his best to reassure you that he only has his eyes on you and you alone.
- gaming nights with kiryu. Oh Gaming Nights With Kiryu please save me gaming nights with kiryu. Heâs got a whole set up ready for the both of you, his PS5 hot and ready, snacks opened. Itâs a special thing for the both of you too! He decorates his apartment in the theme of the game youâre both playing, horror game? His apartment looks like a horror house. Smash bros? BET. (Heâll be smashing you by the end of the night gehrhhrhehehehHgdhdhs). I know heâs got LED strips so heâs using that to his advantage too. Ok Iâm getting carried away. Kiryu best partner best lover best everything.
đđ¨đ đđŚđ.
- *RIPS SHIRT OPEN LIKE A WEREWOLF GRGEGGRHEHE BARKING!!!!!* TOGAMEEEEE!!!!!!! đŁď¸đŁď¸đŁď¸ I am apologizing for this part, love. Iâm gonna go hard.
- canonically doesnât text. Only leaves you on read. Calling him though? CALLING HIM?? đŤ heâs answering as soon as it rings. None of that âwait until the third ringâ baloney. His babyâs calling. If heâs doing something before you called, HEâS DROPPING IT FOR YOU. And he answers in that deep voice of his and đŤ đŤ đŤ sigh. You guys stay on the phone for hours. Heâs the type to do things while heâs calling you too. If youâre away and he canât be with you, heâd love it if you could stay on the phone with him for way longer too. Big on facetiming too. Heâs fallen asleep with facetime on. You have a collection of screenshots of his pretty sleeping face. Youâve fallen asleep on facetime too. He doesnât have as much screenshots though and he haaaates himself for it because he spends so much time just staring at you through his phone, smiling to himself like. FUCK heâs so in love with you!!!!! YOU!!!! đŁď¸đŁď¸đŁď¸ plus heâs got nervous shaky hands so hehe first time you guys facetimed you werenât a couple yet. You fell asleep and he tried taking a screenshot and dropped his phone. The sound woke you up lol you give him shit about that moment sometimes, teasing him. Heâs a blushing mess, elbowing you gently so youâd stop.
- AWKWARD TOGAME WHEN YOU GUYS FIRST DATED UGH SHIIIITTTTT!!!!! đŁď¸đŁď¸đŁď¸ heâs canonically bad with groups of people and people in general. Choji had to adopt him forcefully into shishitoren ok? So that translates so SO well to you and your relationship with him. He may or may not have (allegedly, for legal reasons) asked for romance advice from Choji. He may or may not have (again, allegedly) tried that yawning and stretching trick so he could rest his arm behind you. No. Nope. Didnât hear it from me.
- awkward and SHY togame when he made the first move on you!!!!!!! He had a ramune bottle in his hand because it was shaking so bad he couldnât control it. You GAVE HIM HIS FIRST KISS DHHRHDHRRRRAAAAGHHH đŁď¸đŁď¸đş you had to hold his other hand to stop it from trembling. Yours were too tbh hehe made him feel a bit better because you were just as nervous as he is.
- once you both are super into the relationship though, my goodness expect togame to be THE BEST PARTNER. See how he was with Choji? Did anything and everything to keep his smile? Heâd do that for you too. Amp it up to a 100. His surprises are simple, never was one for grand gestures. But goodness you can feel the effort. Even employed some help from his old man pals at the community baths đŤ
- speaking of the old men, THEY WERE THE FIRST PEOPLE TO KNOW ABOUT HIS CRUSH ON YOU!!!!! Like, they were doting on togame when he expressed heâs never felt this way for someone before, how he can feel his heart racing and his face heating up when youâre around. They knew he was in love with you before he knew for himself.
- OF COURSE THEY KNEW YOUUU. So when you wanted to get into a relationship with togame, knowing itâs serious now, you went out of your way to meet up with the group of old men!!!! There, you discovered that togame has been talking about you nonstop. They already loved you for him before you formally met!!!!! They gave you their collective blessing, of course. You both are their grandchildren in their eyes.
- togame CAN COOK. EXPECT HIM TO COOK FOR YOU CONSTANTLY. And if you can cook, EVEN BETTER. Cooking dates, farmerâs market dates, izakaya dates, GASTRONOMY! You often surprise each other with decorated lunch boxes.
- nap dates all the time. Like, when youâre not bumping uglies or cooking or bonding with your friends, you both are asleep in each otherâs arms. He gives the best hugs too. Like, those hugs that just cover you, you know?
- obviously, he loves you. But god damn it he wants to scream it into the world!!!! With the way he treats you though, constantly worrying about you, being there at your beck and call, pressing kisses into the crown of your head whenever youâre next to each other, he doesnât need to scream it or utter a single word. You can just see the love he has for you. Everyone knows it.
- has thought about marrying you a couple times already. The type to call you his spouse teasingly too just to see you blush. He cannot wait to call you that officially. If he were good at technology, he would definitely have a pinterest board ready lol
a/n: wehehehehajsdkj hehehe togame. i missed writing for him, guys. THANK YOU FOR READING THROUGH TO THE END. some of the togame headcanons were from my convo with @yisxn!!! the ramune bottle detail was so perfect I couldn't skip it! also the asking for advice from the old men. YOU HAVE A BEAUTIFUL MIND ILYSM. thank you to @brainrot-of-a-thot for helping me clear up my brainfog last nightttt. also to you, reader, ILY. thank you for reading my word vomit!!!!!!!!!
#wind breaker#windbreaker#nii satoru#satoru nii#windbreaker x reader#jo togame#togame jo#jo togame x reader#togame <3#umemiya hajime#hajime umemiya#umemiya x reader#umemiya fluff#haruka sakura x reader#haruka sakura#sakura haruka#sakura haruka x reader#suo hayato#hayato suo#hayato suo x reader#hayato suo fluff#ren kaji#kaji ren#kaji ren x reader#ren kaji x reader#wind breaker manga#kiryu mitsuki#mitsuki kiryu#mitsuki kiryu x reader#kiryu mitsuki x reader
3K notes
¡
View notes
Text
goodnight n go (teaser)
member â fwb!vernon x reader genre â smut, angst, non-idol au teaser word count â 1.7k full fic word count â 10.2k synopsis â you keep coming back for more, but every night ends the same. maybe this time things will be different. warnings â mentions of alcohol, drunk sex, car sex, guitarist!vernon, rock band!hhu, no physical descriptions of reader, vernon is afraid of commitment. this is a teaser and the final fic will have a happy ending !! notes â before you ask, yes this is based on the ariana song lol but also inspired by black eye because it's been stuck in my head the past few days. as always, thanks to @onlymingyus for reading over this for me <3 i'm still on hiatus and requests are closed but i randomly had inspiration to write something for vernon so i hope you enjoy! i am planning on writing more for this story, but i'm back at uni and my time is already quite limited, so i'll try to write more when i can! reblogs, comments, and asks are super appreciated, it means a lot and helps me keep writing so please lmk if you liked it :)
âhey, you wanna get drinks tonight?â
as usual, thatâs how it starts.
you probably should have said no. youâd played this game before. you knew exactly what hansol meant when he offered to hang out after band practice, because it was never just âhanging outâ.
you donât even know why you still go to practices anymore. for a long time youâd avoided them; it wasnât really your style, and you were never interested in being a groupie for their local gigs. your roommate seungcheol always invited you to every practice, and every time you declined with the excuse of homework or other plans, but cheol finally convinced you to come just one time.
at first, it had been because he wanted you to hear a new song they were working on and heâd wanted to know how you liked it before they played it at an upcoming show. but then heâd introduced you to the rest of his bandmates, and after that there was no going back.
you couldnât help the way your eyes always gravitated towards hansol, who insisted that you call him his real name instead of his stage name that everyone else called him. from the very first practice, you were captivated by him: the way his long fingers seem to dance along the neck of his guitar so effortlessly, the way his voice rasps when he sings, the way your breath catches in your throat when he grips the microphone stand and rolls his head back, lips parted in ecstasy.
heâs addictive, and itâs exactly the reason why you find yourself in the backseat of his car over and over again.
every time, it was easy to pretend that things would be different. youâd walk into the bar together and sit at the table in the back, order a few drinks, chat for a while about nothing. did you like the new stuff we played tonight? yeah, i know cheol is really excited to perform it saturday. you been doing any writing lately? mmm, a little. iâve been feeling inspired. we could go back to my place and i could show you. except he never does.
hansol wasnât a bad guy. he always paid for your drinks no matter how many times you offered to pick up the tab, he was polite, he listened to what you had to say. he just didnât want more than that, and thatâs where it all fell apart. youâd screw around for a while, then youâd part ways and wouldnât speak to each other until next week. you never went to see them play shows, he never texted, you never called, never went on a real date besides meeting in the same bar down the street every thursday night after practice.
he seemed fine with that. you werenât. and yet every time, you ended up back in his arms.
he groans into your mouth, pushing his hips into you and pinning you harder against the faded leather seats of his old honda. his lips are sloppy but eager, messily pressing his mouth into yours as his fingers tangle in the hair at the base of your neck. you can taste the beer and smoke on his breath, but for some reason it doesnât bother you. maybe youâre used to it, or maybe itâs just because itâs him. you donât want to know which reason is the truth.
he kisses you until youâre dizzy, and you canât tell if itâs from the alcohol or from the thrill of kissing him once again. itâs a high youâre convinced youâll never get tired of, although youâre not quite sure yet if itâs one that he will.
hansol always lets you set the pace, but tonight he canât seem to keep his hands to himself. both of your shirts met the floor of his car what seems like hours ago, leaving you in just your pants as he makes out with you as if itâs the first and last time heâll get that chance. his fingers breeze over your waist the same way they breeze over his guitar strings when he plays: careful yet greedy, each touch intentional yet impulsive as he grips your waist.
he drags his fingers higher and it sends a shiver down your spine, arching your hips up against him and rolling your head back against the seatâs headrest. if thereâs only one upside to this relationship, itâs that heâs good at this. really good. if he werenât, then you wouldnât have spent so many nights letting him fuck you in the parking lot of your shitty local bar. it does something for your confidence knowing that he must feel the same about you, or else he wouldnât keep inviting you out. at the very least, this arrangement is mutual, even if you wish it wasnât.
his hips rock against your crotch again, and even through both of your clothes you can feel how hard he is. your mind is clouded, everythingâs a haze, and all you can think about is how badly you want him. the warmth of his skin, the gentle scratch of his nails on the back of your neck, his long eyelashes that flutter against your cheek as he kisses you.
you feel your hands slide haphazardly down his bare chest, fumbling over his hips as you tug on the waistband of his jeans. none of it feels graceful, not like the way he handles his music. itâs sloppy, desperate, clumsy, and itâs everything you need right now.
he manages to lean back from you enough to undo his pants and push them down to his knees, but his mouth is back on yours in an instant. somehow you end up on your back across the seats, gazing up at him with slack lips as his thin silver chain dangles over your face. you might not remember a lot of what happens on these nights when youâre with him, but youâll always remember this moment. him hovering above you with heavily lidded eyes, biting his lip and cursing as he pushes into you, is etched into your mind in a way you simultaneously love and hate. love because it feels so good, hate because it never lasts.
the rest of those nights never stands out in your memory. you remember feeling good, you remember trembling in his arms and gasping and moaning and crying in pleasure, but the images are too fuzzy to make out. you donât really need to reflect on them anyway; you know heâll just bring you out next week and do it all over again.
hansol kisses you once more after youâre both finally spent, but the kisses afterwards are always different. more⌠hesitant, more uncertain. none of the passion and desperation that youâve come to crave from him. not what you really want.
âi can drive you home,â he offers once heâs finished cleaning you up. for once you think he might genuinely mean it, but you can never be sure enough to take that chance. you want him to drive you home. god, you want him to so bad. to have him come over with you and stay the night, stay another night and another until your apartment isnât just yours anymore, thatâs what youâve wanted all this time. and itâs what youâll never have.
âiâll call an uber,â you answer.
âiâll wait with you, then.â
the silence that settles over his car is heavy as you climb back into the front passenger seat. you want to tell him to get in the uber with you, stay more than just a couple hours with you in the furthest back corner of the bar parking lot thatâs too far to be illuminated by streetlights. you want to argue that heâs too drunk even to drive himself, that he needs to come home with you and sleep it off together in the comfort of your bed, but you know itâs not true and it wonât work. this is a conversation youâve had many times before. every night youâve spent with him blurs into the next, always the same.Â
sometimes you want to laugh at how naive you are, for thinking heâd eventually come to his senses and realize thereâs more to you than a good lay before a gig. sometimes you want to grab him and shake him by the shoulders and tell him to grow the fuck up, give him an ultimatum and make him tell you what he wants from you or else put an end to it all. sometimes you just want to cry, to mourn your wasted time when youâre fully aware itâs never going to lead to something more, no matter how badly you want it and how hard you try.
no matter how many times you get your hopes up, no matter how many times you pray and beg and plead with god and the universe and every other higher power to get him to realize this canât keep going on the way it is forever, nothing ever changes. youâre never going to stop running to him when he calls, and heâs never going to stop calling.
finally another car pulls into the lot, and you manage to pull yourself out of his car. you hear your name behind you and you stumble, swaying on your feet as he rolls down his window.
maybe this time will be different.
he says his usual goodbyes and goodnights, flashing you a loose grin and a wave as his engine sputters to life, and he asks if youâre planning on coming to practice next week.Â
and you find yourself nodding.
youâre left standing there, your head and your heart pounding, watching his headlights fade as he drives away, until youâve stood there for so long that your ride starts honking and calling for you to get in the car so you can leave.
maybe next time will be different.
i hope you enjoyed this!! if you did, please consider reblogging or leaving a comment or an ask :) it shows me this is something people want to see more of, and knowing people like this makes me want to write more of it! thanks for reading!!
if you want to be notified when i post a new fic, you can join my taglist here!
taglist â located in the replies
#svthub#kvanity#kflixnet#k-labels#caratlibrary#thediamondlifenetwork#[đ] â june.writes#vernon smut#hansol smut#svt smut#seventeen smut#vernon angst#hansol angst#vernon fanfic#vernon scenarios#vernon x reader#vernon imagines#hansol fanfic#hansol scenarios#hansol x reader#svt scenarios#svt x reader#svt imagines#seventeen imagines#seventeen fanfic#seventeen scenarios
709 notes
¡
View notes
Text
New Romantics
Clarisse La Rue x Fem!AphroditeCabin!Reader
â-
sypnosis: you and clarisse meet during a capture the flag game, In A Good Way prequel!!
a/n: IM SO GLAD EVERYONE LIKES MY CLARISSE FIC âšď¸âšď¸âšď¸âšď¸ i have so many planned but i just wanted to say thank you all sm!!!! this one is so sillyâŚ.. i hope you all enjoy!!
LMK IF YOU WANNA BE ON MY CLARISSE TAGLIST!!!!!!
New Romantics - Taylor Swift
warnings: violence, swearing, mentions of death and blood, insane clarisse bc she gets a LITTLE too into capture the flag, protective clarisse obvi i will never write a fic without her showing up, clarisse makes me SWOON if you couldnât tell, not proofread we get turned into pine trees like thalia over here, tell me if i missed anything!!
â-
Your legs ache. Youâve been at Camp Half Blood all your life, but you just spent the entire school year doing absolutely nothing. It was an adjustment. Youâre already being forced into the horrible tradition of capture the flag. You met up with your favorite and best friends Jackie and Tyla at the beginning of summer, and youâve all been attached to the hip ever since.
The three of you thought you could escape to a random part of the woods and skip out.
Itâs not like you were lazy, or couldnât hold your own in a fight- but you had just taken turns doing each others nails yesterday, and it would be such a shame to see them all smudged and broken.
You were on the red team, so you watched as the incomparable Clarisse La Rue ran around instructing everyone what to do- completely skipping past the three of you. Jackie took it to heart, complaining about how she had lasted two minutes sparring with Clarisse once, and she had no right to label all Aphrodite kids as weak and useless.
You remember the night you finally made it to the crest of camp, blood staining your hands, your satyr protector dead on the ground behind you as some monster you didnât know the name of chased after you.
The three of you thought maybe a nice walk at the edge of the woods would be nice, when suddenly a squadron of the blue team came running out trying to catch you as prisoners. It wasnât a rule of the game, but it was generally expected that that the winner had more prisoners, or else the victory just didnât seem right.
The blue team saw Aphrodite kids as easy targets to pick off.
This felt all too familiar to that stormy light, your pounding heart, looking around as everything crashed around you. One of them even jumped down from the freaking trees, and you screamed at the top of your lungs as all three of you sprinted off into different directions.
There was only one chasing behind you, a Hermes kid you didnât know the name of, but he was fast on your tail.
Just as you had reached the crest of the hill, you screeched at the top of your lungs as you saw four figures in front of you. A satyr. Two girls. One boy.
âNot another one,â the stayr moaned, before beckoning you towards them. You stayed frozen in place. The monster was big and slow, but you could hear it approach.
The boy held out his hand.
âI promise,â he breathed, locking eyes with the smaller girl, maybe a year or two younger than you, before looking up at the older girl. You could tell she was battle hardened, she was ready to win this. âWeâll all make it to camp.â
Both monsters chasing you let out ear-piercing roars, and you quickly slapped your hand into his and sprinted away.
Thalia, you would later learn her name, didnât survive that night. But you did. Luke did. Annabeth did.
The three of you will forever be bonded by that, even if youâre on different teams in capture the flag. Gods, you wish it was Luke chasing you right now- but itâs not.
Youâve forgotten everything about swords and fighting in exchange for the Russian Revolution and the Periodic Table. You hate school even more in this moment.
He reaches out towards you and youâre distracted by his hand touching your shoulder, heart pounding in your ears, and you trip right over a root and stumble before falling to the ground.
You faintly see the flash of bronze armor pass you, then you suddenly hear a body slam into the ground. You whip around, only to find a girl wearing a red-tipped helmet on top of the boy chasing you.
âClarisse!â she shouts. âI got him!â
You breathe heavily, watching at the boy yells and tries to buck her off of him, but you faintly remember seeing her constantly around Clarisse. She must be another Ares kid, which means thereâs no way sheâs letting this Hermes kid gets away.
Clarisse saunters out of the woods on your left, looking between you and the boy on the ground.
You sit up on your hands, watching it all play out, not able to catch your breath.
She smiles, slow, like a cheshire cat.
Gods, why does she have to look like that? Why does she have to smile like that? Why does she have to make you feel this way?
Why doesnât she just drop the spear and make out with you?
âSo, this is the dummy who thinks itâs funny to chase around Aphrodite kids,â she says, slowing walking turns him. The girl holds up his head so he has to look at Clarisse. She places the end of her spear into the dirt. She leans down in front of him. âWell, I donât know if youâve noticed, but the Aphrodite cabin is on the red team, right? Right?â
The girl tugs his head up and he winces, but nods.
âAnd who captains the red team? Cause I think itâs me, isnât it?â
Heâs learned his lesson. He nods quickly, now.
âIâm feeling nice today. Why donât you apologize to the pretty girl, and maybe I wonât kill you.â
His eyes lock with yours. He says nothing.
âI said apologize, dumbass.â
He glares at Clarisse.
âYouâre fucking insane.â
She laughs a bit. âItâs capture the flag, Zander, why are you not getting a little crazy? Chasing after Aphrodite kids is just embarrassing, honestly.â
âFine,â he spits. âFucking fine. Iâm sorry.â
âWas that so hard?â she coos. She nods, and the girl letâs him go.
Holy Hades if that wasnât the hottest thing youâve ever seen.
He runs straight off into the woods after a moment, when he realizes theyâre not gonna chase after him, not now at least.
The other girl turns to you. âYou ok?â
âYeah, yeah,â you dust off your knees. âThereâs more of them by the edge, just so you know. Just north of the river.â
The girl smiles. âGods, yes. Fuckinâ love destroying the Hermes cabin.â
Clarisse turns to you. She tilts her head to the side, watching you breath heavily on the ground. She sticks out your hand. Your grab it quick, scared she might pull away, and her hand is so warm and fits perfectly with yours. She pulls you up and you dust off your knees.
The other girl takes off running, following the boy, yelling for Clarisse to hurry up.
She smiles a bit, and you swear to Zeus her cheeks are a little flushed, you swear she looks at your lips for a second.
She brushes her thumb across her cheek.
âYouâve got some dirt on your face, gorgeous.â
She runs off before you can say anything, electrical spear crackling to life.
Oh, you fucking love capture the flag.
â-
clarisse âyouâve got some dirt on your face, gorgeousâ la rue the woman you are
â-
#clarisse la rue#clarisse la rue x reader#clarisse la rue x y/n#clarisse la rue x you#pjo tv show#pjo x reader
1K notes
¡
View notes
Text
Phone Sex HCâS
(Emily Engstler)
Paring:E.Engstler x Fem Reader
Warnings:smut,orgasm denial,phone sex
Synopsis:This was a request from a lovely anon of mine (i wish i could find the original inbox requestđ.hope you enjoy this drabble tho!)
Sheâs a big talker..she knows her voice makes you weak. So she tells you everything you want- noâŚneed to hear.
âThere you go,baby. Lemme hear you slut yourself out for meâŚâ She groaned,listening carefully as your fingers slipped through your soaking wet folds.
âListen to thatâŚyou hear how wet you are for me? Im not even there and youâre drippin arenât you?
She loves when you talk to her too.Even when youâre so overstimulated and can barely speak,sheâs gonna make you use your words.
âTalk to me pretty girl,tell me what you want. You know Iâll give it to you câmon,say it.
Constant edgingâŚdoesnât stop until sheâs satisfied with how many times you denied yourself for her. âHm.. you sound too close..start over for me,baby.â She thinks itâs cute how frustrated you get,laying there all by yourself,holding itâŚ
She lets you use toys..thats when the facetime calls come in.She loves watching you get yourself off for her with them. (Iâm a firm believer in her buying a rose for you.)
âThat feel good huh?,câmon baby I wanna see you make a mess on itâŚuse that toy for me,mama.â
While youâre making yourself feel good, she likes to tell you what she plans on doin to you when she comes home. Knowing exactly how riled up it gets you.
âYou gettin my pussy ready for me huh? You know as soon as i walk through the door Iâm takin whats mine? Gonna fuck you so damn good when I get back,babyâŚ
A/N:AHH hi my babiess,i missed posting for yall but iâve been so busy recently. Now that my schedules pretty clear I should have more time to post the stuff sitting in my drafts. This is also my first time writing Hcâs so I hope I didnt do too bad. lmk what you all think<33
-Sđ
482 notes
¡
View notes
Note
Cannot wait to read your Carmen cowboy fanfic!!
save a horse, ride your cowboy | carmen berzatto (18+ content ahead) description; joining the meads ranch wasnât always your plan. neither was falling for the handsome cowboy there. (wc: 2.45k)
cw: nsfw content (see warnings below) - reader's age is not said but is over 18, y/n used, afab!reader with she/her pronouns used
content warnings: slow burn (this is a long fanfic, sue me), i guess kinda public sex? i mean its in a bedroom and thereâs no one hearing them but like shh, this fanfic took me like five months to write (not a joke) and if it sucks or some parts are unclear um blame it on that!, um i didnt write this as filthy as i wanted to but still; finger reader (x2), reader riding carmen (per the title), timeskip (a year prior to a year later), afab!reader, non-descript!reader but if there is something that i should change lmk, carmen eating reader out, hookup plot i guess?? friends to lovers sort of? idk really, unprotected sex (filthy) nav post | inbox | more of mae writes: the bear đť
đđđ đđđđ đđđ . . .
From a distance, the Meads Ranch had seemed like a small glimpse of heaven on earth.
Cattle roamed the fields while the sun was beginning to rise, pickup trucks being driven off of the ranch and leaving trails of dirt behind them. Pieces of hay are scattered around everywhere you walk.
Carmen had first noticed you when you came out of the main Mitchell family lodge. The property had similar lodges, but that was the one used for most of the family, and the oldest lodge on the land.
You had been brought to the ranch as a chance from an old family friend. Almost like youâre second chance at life.
Gavin Mitchell, the oldest son, walked out of the house with you by his side. You two, laughing and talking. "I'm so glad you are joining us, and- oh! Carmen." Gavin walks over to Carmen, his arm resting on the cattle fence Carmen had spent the past few days repairing. "This is Y/N. You are going to train her on ranch life."
"Yes, sir." Carmen nods. You could tell by the tone in his voice he either wasn't happy about training you, or he'd done it so many times before it felt exhausting.
Gavin leaves you two alone. You smile, holding your hand out. "Hi, I'm-"
"Pick that pair of pliers up and get to work." He states.
Huh. Definetly taking the cold shoulder approach.
ââ
Much to your surprise, you and Carmen got over the cold approach. Heâd become somewhat more open with you within the first month of your time on the ranch.
It wasnât a fast thing. The opposite, actually. It took him a day to learn your name instead of saying âyouâ when he needed something from you. It took him a week to start conversations with you, instead of you starting them with him.
Now a month later. He had been told by the other handlers on the ranch they were going out, and Carmen was expected to go with them. But not without-
âYou wanna go to the bar with me?â Heâd blurted out to you while you and him were working in one of the barns. It caught you off guard, so much so you took a minute to register it was him speaking to you and not his usual muttering to himself.
You turned and looked at him, letting out a soft chuckle. âUm.. youâre going to a bar?â You question first. Carmen hadnât made it a secret he hated the bars in town. Too many tourists, people ruining good songs during karaoke.
âWell- the other handlers are but the dumbasses canât be trusted to handle themselves, so.. I wanted to know if you wanted to come.â Carmen says, as he continued focusing on his work, almost using that as a distraction from having to make eye contact with you.
âSure, Iâll come.â You had agreed. To Carmenâs pure surprise, you had said yes. And not a pity yes, or at least not an obvious one.
Needless to say, you being there made it actually enjoyable. Carmen wasnât a drinker, and neither were you. It was one of the few things you two had in common, or that you knew you had in common.
You and him had found a somewhat secluded table in the bar, talking all night. He found himself asking questions about you, and he heard your laugh.
God. That laugh. He was sure if heaven had a sound attached to it, it would be that.
And eventually, you and him managed to wrangle all your guys into a truck with the ranchâs logo on the side, and managed to get yourselves back to the ranch.
Walking down a dirt path that lead to the handler house, it was just you and Carmen. His hands remained in the front pockets of his jeans. âI uh, had a really good time tonight.â He says. It was like admitting he liked being around you, without so many words.
âI did too, Carmen.â You say back as you walk onto the front porch with him right behind you. You stand there, making eye contact with him, both of you silent.
And that night, you and him almost kissed on the porch. *Almost.* Had it not been for one of the other handlers, Lee, throwing open the door to ask you two if you had any idea where his car keys were, you were sure you would have kissed him.
Another kiss for another time, you supposed.
ââ
And that kiss had come at another time. It was almost a week later when you and him found yourselves alone again in the barn. Somehow you and him always ended up in a barn.
You hadnât been expecting it. Ever since the barn, it was like Carmen had made an effort to talk to you. Asking about your life before the ranch, telling you about his in return. He told you about his hopes, his family. And heâd make a point to stand close to you as he spoke to you.
Maybe he thought you didnât notice the way heâd look at you out of the corner of your eye. A look that made it seem like he was asking himself if being this close to you was a good idea, and heâd decided it was.
It was silent for a pause before you decided to speak again. âYouâre standing awfully close right now.â You comment. But your tone didnât show you were upset by it, rather intrigued.
âDo you want me to back up?â He asks, his voice low. You turn to look at him, and thatâs when you realize how close he actually is. His face close to yours.
You swallow before you speak. âNo.â You answer, trying to keep your voice steady. You fail, but he wouldnât tell you that.
He took a small step closer. A step that made a huge difference, because now he was looking at your lips. You decide to ask the question this time. âDo you want to kiss me?â You question.
He takes in a breath, before he decides to answer. âYeah.â He says, as his eyes meet your again like heâs waiting for your approval. And you nod.
Go ahead. Your eyes were telling him. Kiss me.
And he did. His lips met yours in a sweep, his hands cupping your cheeks instantly. Itâs soft at first, as he takes his time getting used to kissing you. And once heâs adjusted, he presses you up against the wall.
After you two had a makeout session like a couple of pathetic teenagers, he grabbed your hand and practically ran with you into the handler house. He had brought you into his bedroom, closing and locking the door behind you both.
From there, it was a switching pattern of throwing off clothes. His shirt, your shirt. His jeans, your jeans. Him laying you back as he takes your panties off and then gently placing kisses up your thigh. His eyes met yours as if silently asking for approval. You nod, desperate for him to just keep kissing up, and up, and-
He does. He kissed up your thigh, his lips finding on and sucking on your desperate clit. Your hands immediately fly to his head, fingers grasping at curls. The action elicits a guttural groan from Carmen, which practically vibrates through you as he eats you like a man starved.
His tongue is replaced by his fingers, thrusting in and out of you at a torture of a pace, his lips kissing and sucking on your glistening clit. His fingers are soaked, and he couldnât care less. All he cares about is feeling you, not about the mess it makes.
Carmen was a simple man. He could get off on eating you out. The gasps and moans were enough to make him feel like he would just mess up his pants right then and there. And he almost does.
But can you blame him? You look so pretty like this. His nose bumping your clit as he watches his fingers slide in and out of you, the squelch noise it produces being more heavingly than it should be. Your soft pleas of âmoreâ and âpleaseâ make him grin, and you can feel that cocky smile against your clit as he places a few feathery kisses on it.
He can feel your walls clenching around his fingers. Each time he removes them, he can feel you trying to keep them in, to surround them with yourself. He doesnât mind though. The action only turns him on more.
âSo pretty like this.â You can barely hear him mumble. You arenât sure if heâs talking to you or your pussy. âSuch a good girl fâme.â
And by the time youâre actually cumming on his fingers, heâs grinning like the cat from Alice in Wonderland. He watches as you fall apart on his fingers, and he has to resist the urge to lick your climax off of his hands.
He has to take his time with you.
âYou did so good, baby.â He says, the pet name slipping out before he can stop it. Youâre not complaining though. He presses kisses all over your face. On your forehead, your cheeks, your jaw as he praises you. âDid so good.â
Yeah. No way to ignore what was clearly happening between you both.
đđđđđđđ đđđ . . .
The golden lights hitting your face from the small cabin you and the other handlers lived in. Your room was at the end of a hallway, and you could hear the chaos of the other handlers starting in the kitchen below your room.
A small groan comes from beside you as you go to pull yourself out of bed. Carmenâs arms hug your waist, pulling you closer to him. âDo we really have to get up now?â Carmen may have been the ranches best handler, but that didnât mean he was happy about the early hours.
âAfraid so, cowboy.â You turn, facing him. His arms stay planted where they are around your waist as he buries his face into your neck. He smells like cedarwood and apple, his aftershave smell still lingering as you place a few light kisses on his cheek.
âMm. Call me cowboy again, shitâs sexy.â He requests as he places feathery kisses on your collarbone. You let out a soft laugh as his beard stubble scratches your cheek.
âYou just donât wanna go down there so they can celebrate your five years here.â You point out in a whispered voice as your hand scratches as his scalp, fingers running through morning curls.
âMakes me feel old.â He replies, his voice gruff as he climbs on top of you, placing kisses up your collarbone and on your neck as his arms wrap around your waist, arms wrapped around you. âWould rather celebrate with you instead.â
You werenât complaining to that idea. You let him slide your pajama shorts down your legs, throwing them off some place. Lucky for him, you âforgotâ your panties the night before.
Unlucky for him, cause he had a habit of tossing them aside and then keeping them.
He kissed at your neck as his hand teased you, fingers lightly trailing up your thigh. Getting closer to where you so badly wanted him- and he could tell. He could feel how soaked you were. Normally, heâd take his time. Tease you about it. But that idea was pushed out of his mind when he was desperate to feel you fall apart on his fingers.
He gently coaxed one finger past your folds. He could hear the strangled gasp that came out of you when he finally inserted a digit into you, and he fucking loved it. He would listen to that sound over and over again if he could.
He let his finger thrust in and out of you, letting you enjoy the feeling before he added a second. You were practically a goner by the point heâd inserted his first finger, but with the second? Oh, you were practically a mess.
And then his thumb rubbed soft circles on your clit, with him whispering praises in your ear? For sure, you were a goner.
He had to cover your mouth with his hand as you reached your climax. The other handlers were still downstairs, and he didnât need them hearing you. Your moans, your failed attempts to beg for more were his to hear. Not someone elseâs.
He pressed kisses to your jaw as you caught your breath. His rule of never properly, in his words, fucking you before you had at least one orgasm was proving to be very beneficial for you.
He lets you recover as he kisses you. Lets you catch your breath before heâs subtly pulling you on top of him as his tongue slides into your mouth with such ease.
âThis is your big day. Pretty sure we should be celebrating you.â You murmur between kisses. He grins as you straddle him.
They have a saying in a world like yours. Save a horse. Ride a cowboy.
So, you do! You pull away from his lips as you place kisses down his jaw, whilst your free hand reaches and lowers his boxers. Ever so subtly lowering yourself onto him.
Carmen wasnât an idiot. He could tell what you had been doing, but he wasnât gonna stop you. Not when you looked too damn good riding him.
You kept your movements steady, at a pace you knew heâd speed up soon. His hands remained on your hips as he watched you. When your lips return to his neck, he feels like a mess. His mind is fuzzy, he canât form a single thought besides the word âmoreâ.
Now he was the one moaning under you. You knew how to drive him crazy, and you were doing it.
And how could he not? You took him so well. He stretched you out perfectly, hit the right spots. If he could stay buried inside of you all day, he probably would.
As soon as his hands began grasping your hips and the skin there, you knew to speed up, and you complied. He threw his head back, holding you so tight you knew heâd leave a bruise.
And by the time he spills inside of you, youâre sure he has. You donât take long to follow right after him.
âOkayââ He says breathlessly after that potentially earth shattering climax. âNext time we do that, I am totally having you wear my hat.â
That elicits a giggle out of both of you.
#maeberzatto#mae writes!#mae writes: the bear#mae's multiverses âĄ#carmen berzatto imagine#carmen berzatto x reader#the bear fx#carmen berzatto x you#the bear hulu#carmen berzatto fanfiction#carmen berzatto fluff#carmen berzatto smut#carmy berzatto x reader#carmy berzatto#carmy the bear#carmen berzatto#carmy berzatto x female reader#carmy berzatto imagine#carmen berzatto fanfic
158 notes
¡
View notes
Note
Hi love! Your content is great and always makes my head spin𤤠I was wondering if you could maybe do fitness trainer Toji with a plush reader? Like you go to the gym wanting to slim down and ask for a trainer and before any of the other loser trainers can get to you, Toji steps in. He is constantly reassuring you the entire time And at the end of the session he just canât resist from not touching youđĽşđŤśđź thank you in advance and I hope you have the best day possible!
I can literally imagine Toji quoting this in his head as he hears you talk negatively about your body (not proofed I'm lazy) warnings: chubby!reader, body issues, raw sex, slightly public, praise etc etc lmk if i missed any
"Huh?"
"I literally need a gym trainer who's going to help me look like a rake."
"I- what? A fuckin' rake? What are you talking about?"
"My boyfriend cheated on me, and of course the girl he slept with is tiny. He left me for her... I don't want him back but I want to prove a point!" you explain, looking at him with hopeful eyes, desperate for him to help with your mission.
He stared at you, and it scared you a little. You aren't sure if you've said something wrong or if he just had no interest in your tragic love life. But you can only assume he doesn't get many clients with this attitude.
"Fine, kid. But listen, I'm not helping you 'look like a rake'." he tells you.
"B-But..."
"I'll help you train. If you lose weight, whatever. If you gain muscle... I think that'll be a better revenge body to make your ex regret leaving you." he explains.
"O-Oh... really? Okay, I trust you."
He smirks at that.
It's not often he's trusted by women.
"I hate sit ups." you pant, breathlessly.
"It's your last set, just do it 'n then you can go home." he tells you, as he sits beside you drinking some water from his comically large bottle. By the size of it, you'd think he'd be the one who had been working out for the last hour.
"C'mere." he shuffles his body so that he's closer to you, positioning your legs and hips like you're weightless. "You might find it easier now. I'll stay here, gimme ten more."
"Ten?!"
"Do it."
You sigh, lying flat as you mentally prepare yourself for how bad your stomach is about to ache. Your cheeks fill as you blow out a puff of air. You're painfully aware of his eyes on you, and honestly, you're embarrassed. You begin to sit up again and again as you think about his incredible physique. About how he surely thinks the same way as your ex boyfriend.
Your eyes lock with his with ever sit up you perform, his hands grabbing your knees to keep you in place. Your noses almost touch and his eyes are filled with what you can only assume is disgust. You're humiliating yourself trying to make yourself appear more attractive to the male species.
"Aaaand done, good job, kid." he smiles at you, his small mouth scar pulling slightly as he does. "So, wanna make this a regular thing?"
You hold up a finger as you catch your breath, eventually nodding. He holds his hand out to you, helping you to your feet with ease. He walks away from you, tilting his head and indicating for you to follow. You aren't sure where he's taking you, but you follow mindlessly.
"My calendar is in my office, I'll get you booked in for a few sessions this month and then you can just give them your card details at the fron desk." he explains.
"Sure, sounds good." you smile, he walks into his office first and holds the door opening, closing it right after you come in. Your ears prick when you hear the door lock, but for whatever reason you don't feel alarmed.
The air is knocked from your lungs as you feel his hands on your waist, lifting you into the air and practically slamming you onto his desk.
"W-What are you doing?!" you gasp.
"Can I kiss you?" he asks, it's almost polite but not really. He's expecting one answer, and luckily for you you're nodding before you can think of declining. He hikes up your leg and squeezes your plush thigh as his lips connect with yours. "You're so soft... so fuckin' perfect."
"Shut up." you laugh, you try to kiss him again but he pulls away.
"I'm serious." he lifts your up your sports bra and tosses it aside, grabbing a handful of your large chest. He pushes you backwards so that your spine is flat against his desk, tugging off your leggings with no hesitation. He peppers kisses across your tender skin. Your thighs, your tummy, your heavy tits. "There's nothin' wrong with your body, y'know? Your ex is a fuckin' pussy."
Your body tenses up, feeling horrendously aware of how exposed your figure is and how he's examining you.
"I- I was too heavy for him." you pant, unsure whether to try and chat casually about it or make a run for your clothes and the exit. "I don't blame him."
"You weigh the same as paper to me, darlin'." he smirks, picking you up and making you wrap your legs around his waist. He slams you against the wall as you makeout heavily. "You want this cock? F-Feel how hard I am for ya?"
"P-Please. You're so big.. please fuck me." you beg. You paw at his shirt, desperate to feel the muscles that you could clearly see beneath.
His facial expression is almost menacing as he knows he's won, he's got you exactly where he wants you and you're begging for his cock. Thick fingers dig into malleable flesh, bruises of his name signed into your skin like a binding contract that you're his new favourite play thing.
"You're so fuckin' perfect, sweetheart. Love cute bodies like yours..." he tells you, staring into your eyes to catch your expression, grinning at the way your cheeks flush and a bead of sweat forms in your hairline.
"Aah! Ah, fuck.. 'h my god..." you moan, the embarrassment overwhelming you and the feeling of his heavy cock splitting you open making your heart race.
He begins a brutal pace, easily holding your body up with one muscular arm as he slams into you, his free hand tweaking your pert nipple. The way your eyes cross dumbly as he ruins your insides almost makes him blow his load on the spot.
"Tooâ mmmnn.." you moan, unable to form a coherent thought.
"Too what?" he laughs a little, "Too? Have I fucked you so stupid you already can't think? Oh sweetheart... think I'm in love." he tells you as he kisses your neck.
Your fingers scratch his back repeatedly and he can only his from the pain and pleasure of it all. He's happy to be marked by you, he's going to do the same to your insides after all.
"'m gonna cum, I'mâ ahâ!" your cunt tightens around him as you finish, and soon enough he's pressing his body as much as he can into yours, pinning you between him and the wall as his balls tighten and he paints your desperate, wanting walls.
You pant against each other, neither of you moving for a while. All you can bring yourself to do is catch your breath and stare into his jade coloured eyes. And eventually, he helps you down and offers you a towel before sitting at his desk and checking through his calendar.
"Are you free Friday night?" he asks.
"O-Oh, Toji, I'm too exhausted from that workout to even think about my next training session." you chuckle a little, wiping yourself down before collecting your scattered clothing.
"No, baby, I'm takin' you on a date." he smiles at you earnestly. "Perfect body, perfect pussy, and newly single. You're crazy if you think I'm not taking full advantage of the opportunity to make you mine."
Š 2023 fuwushiguro
#toji fushiguro#toji fushiguro smut#toji fushiguro x reader#toji fushiguro x you#toji smut#daddy toji#jjk smut#jujutsu kaisen smut
2K notes
¡
View notes
Text
Me or him
pairing: hyunjin x reader x felix
genre: angst, smut
warning/s: toxic behavior, manipulation, cheating, forced creampie
a/n: okay, this is just something i wrote on a whim and i have 29 drafts i have to finish(yep 29 ajsksksl), but do y'all want more of this? like a backstory and a continuation cause i have some ideas? lmk if i should makes this a series. đď¸đđď¸
~part 2,part 3, part 4
"We really need to stop doing this."- you whine, the guilty feeling swirling in your stomach, keeping you from the high you were supposed to reach.
"Do you really wanna stop? Right now?"- Felix smirks, dragging his cock out slowly, your legs tightening around him instinctively.
"N-no..."- you whimper, defeated. He pushes back in with force, ripping a loud moan out of you. You slap your hand over your lips in hopes of muffling the sounds but Felix grabs your wrist gently.
"Ah, ah, ah. Let me hear you sweetheart."- he says and you let him place your hand down next to your head. He fucks into you faster, holding tightly onto your hand, his other hand on your hip and you moan loudly, letting him know how good he makes you feel.
"Fuck, I'm close!"- you grab onto his arm, your nails digging into his skin.
"Come for me sweetheart."- Felix growls into your ear and you come undone.
You feel his hips stutter and your hand pushes on his chest.
"D-don't come inside me!"- you try to push him off.
"You know you want me to."- he grunts, your efforts futile as he holds you down, fucking into you faster and harder, your cunt clenching around his cock.
"Lix!"- you whimper as he groans, spilling his seed inside you.
"Why did you do that?! I told you that's one thing we should never do!"- you panic as he pulls out.
"What, is Hyunjin gonna taste my cum in your pussy?"- he smirks and you really didn't have enough time to think before your hand moves on its own and collides with his cheek.
You gasp, shocked at your own reaction, and Felix just puts a hand on his cheek, his eyes also widdened before his face morphs into an all too familiar smirk.
"Do that again, it was kinda hot."- he says and you roll your eyes at him.
"I'm going home, Felix."- you say, annoyed. You move to get up but he wraps his arms around you and pulls you into him.
"Don't."- you warn.
"You don't have to leave yet."- he whispers into your neck, shivers run down your spine.
"Hyunjin will get suspicious."- you sigh, a pang in your chest.
"What did you tell him this time?"- Felix asks, leaving small kisses on your neck.
"That I'm going out with the girls."- you say and turn around, managing to shake off his arms. He suddenly has these puppy eyes and pouty lips that you hate because you know he's trying to manipulate you into staying.
"Look, this was wrong from the beginning. This is the last time Felix and I know I said it before... but this time I really mean it."- you stand up and start gathering your clothes.
"You don't really mean it."- he shakes his head.
"Yes I fucking do. I don't want to go behind Hyunjin's back anymore. That's just wrong on so many levels and I feel like a shit person."- you say, tears brimming in your eyes.
"Break up with him?"- Felix says as he gets up too, but it comes out as more of a question.
"And what?"- you scoff. "Be with you?"
"What would be so wrong with that?"- he asks nonchalantly, making your blood boil.
"Are you out of your mind? You're his best friend. Or were at least. And why would I wanna be with someone who has no problems fucking his best friend's girlfriend?"- you're angry now, tears spilling down your cheeks but you wipe them off fast. You don't want to cry in front of him.
"Like you're any different than me. Maybe we deserve each other."- Felix says with a smirk and you want to slap him again.
"You know what? I'm done. Don't talk to me ever again."- you say, getting dressed quickly.
"It's gonna be hard to ignore me since I'm Hyunjin's best friend!"- he yells behind you as you walk towards the door.
You hate him in that moment, but you hate yourself even more and a dark unsettling feeling settles in your stomach when you remember Hyunjin, waiting for you at home, unaware of what you just did.
#skz x reader#skz smut#skz angst#lee felix x reader#hyunjin x reader#lee felix smut#lee felix angst#hwang hyunjin smut#hyunjin angst#skz scenarios#stray kids x you#stray kids x reader
387 notes
¡
View notes
Text
A FOOL FOR YOU PT 4⤾ GRAYSON HAWTHORNE X READER
ABOUT: 2642 words, no use of y/n (part 1, part 2, part 3, part 5)
STORY: well, y'know. you can't ignore a 911 text from a hawthorne
WARNINGS: none really, reader does struggle to swim tho and freaks out a little
TAGS: @littlemissmentallyunstable @gretag13 @lanterns-and-daydreams @whatsamongus @alwaysthefangirl @zuzanna-jadw1ga @emelia07 @f4iry-bell @low-caloriesmonsterultra @that-daughter-of-hephaestus @jimcarreyfann42 @ravishinglyliving @maybxlle - lmk if you wanna be added to the taglist!
A/N: EEK I LOVED WRITING THIS. i didn't describe the reader's swimsuit because i don't know what everyone is comfortable with so i let you kinda imagine it however u want! i'm not sure how many more parts i can get out of this idea, there'll definitely be at least one more lmk what u think tho
He said please.Â
Grayson didnât lack manners. Itâs not that he didnât know how to say please and thank you. But he also wasnât the kind of person to throw around a plea lightly. Grayson Hawthorne was, well, a Hawthorne. The name itself was a demand, not requiring a please. But heâd felt the need to say please to you.Â
Maybe you were overthinking it.Â
Or maybe you were still in denial, like Avery said you were.Â
The texts came in at eight at night, too, which only raised more questions in your mind. If he wanted to talk to you, why hadnât he just found you? Or simply texted you to meet somewhere? You didnât understand why heâd felt the need to use the 911; you wouldâve come if heâd just told you to go to the pool.Â
Hawthornes did tend to have a flare for dramatics, you supposed.Â
You had no idea why Grayson wanted you to meet him at the pool. He was a swimmer, sure, but that was very much his personal time. Grayson didnât often appreciate people watching or joining him in the pool. But, you figured there was a chance he expected you to.
So you found yourself at her door again. Despite the faint conversation you could hear from inside, you knocked.Â
Avery took longer than last time to open the door. âWhatâs up?â She asked.Â
âHey. Uh, do you have a swimsuit I could borrow?â
She frowned slightly, confused. âI mean I do, yeah, but why-â
You didnât even have to say anything. You just showed her your phone screen with the text messages. Her eyes widened as she read them and she immediately opened the door wider for you. âGet the hell in here.â
Avery was already digging through the grand dresser. As you entered the room behind her, you noticed Jameson sitting on the floor in front of a deck of cards, giving you a curious look. âWhat-â
âNot now, Jamie,â Avery quickly answered. âGirl problem.â
That shut him up.Â
âDonât mind him,â she told you, turning back around with a few items in hand. âWe were just playing solitaire.â
You raised an eyebrow. âTogether? Isnât that a one player game?â
âHis idea, not mine. Managed to turn it into a competition too, somehow,â Avery shrugged. Jameson gasped dramatically but she continued before he could speak, bringing your attention back to why you asked for help. âSo, Iâve actually never worn this one before, you could keep it if you want. Or-â
âThat oneâs fine,â you interrupted, taking it from her. âCan I change in your bathroom?â âOh, uh, yeah, sure I guess,â Avery answered, clearly confused as to why you were so quick to answer. âSorry, Iâm just trying to get there as soon as I can. Thanks.â
You didnât change completely, just putting it on and putting your clothes back on over it. You didnât plan on getting into the water, but it was worth being prepared.
As you were stepping out of the room and thanking Avery, Jameson called, âSay hi to Gray for me.â
Your head snapped back. âWhat?â
âCome on,â he smirked. âHeâs practically the only person who uses the pool, especially at this time. So tell him I said hi.â
Shaking your head, you just ignored him. Jameson was the type of person who could read people well, so odds are he probably already knew he was right. But you didnât want to give even more of a reaction to him than you already had.Â
Avery grabbed your arm though, before you left. âHey, hey, good luck.â
You thanked her and left, just hoping Jameson wouldnât try to watch from the window.Â
~~
The cool night air hit you sharply as you stepped outside. It hadnât been too chilly during the day, but you now found yourself wishing you were in more than just shorts and a thin hoodie.
Shivering, you made your way over to the pool. Your mind was racing the whole way there, but there wasnât really anything else for you to be wondering. Grayson had asked for you to come to the pool, presumably either to swim with him or just because he was most comfortable there. Either way, it was pretty clear that he wanted to discuss what happened when he was drunk. But you still didnât understand why he sent the 911.Â
Good thing you were on your way to finding out.Â
The pool deck was empty, save for a few lounge chairs. The fancy cushioned kind, the ones you would only find at a hotel. And the Hawthorne mansion, of course.Â
On one of the chairs were two neatly folded towels- two. So he did expect you to get in the water with him? Where was he anyway? If heâd already brought out towels, why wasnât he-
Splash.
Youâd been too caught up in your thoughts and the sound of your heart racing in your chest to realize that Grayson was, in fact, already in the pool. Swimming laps because he was Grayson Hawthorne, so of course he was swimming laps when the sun had already set and the only light in the sky was that of the stars.Â
Swimming had never really been your thing, so you didnât know the exact stroke, but you wouldâve been a liar if you said you weren't somewhat mesmerized. The way his arms went up and out, the way his fingers glided along the surface before entering the water once again. His legs kicked together, the movement fast and almost indiscernible under the blue of surrounding him.Â
Grayson came up for air so quickly you couldnât even make out his face, but your eyes caught on the way his hair flicked up with his head. It was certainly a skill, and he managed it so gracefully. You struggled to look away.
Thankfully, you were pulled out of your stare when he suddenly reached the wall nearest to you. Graysonâs hands touched the edge of the pool in perfect sync. You could see the red in his face, the tire he was giving himself from swimming. You wondered how long heâd been there before you found him.
Grayson met your eyes with a tired smile as he caught his breath. âYou came.â
âYou said 911,â you explained, sitting on the edge of the chair where heâd set the towels. âI figured it was pretty important.âÂ
âYes, I did.â He nodded. âWe do only get one of those a year, so Iâd appreciate it if you didnât mention that to any of my brothers.â
âGot it.â
He was avoiding the elephant in the room.Â
âWould you like to join me?â
You stared at him. âExcuse me?âÂ
âYouâre excused,â he said. âWould you like to join me?â
Was he really just going to ignore the fact that heâd sent you such an urgent message? A 911 couldâve meant he was dying, for all you knew when youâd first received it. And what, it was because he wanted to go for a swim with you? There was more he wasnât saying and you just wanted to yell at him to spit it out.Â
Instead, you responded calmly.Â
âJoin you in the pool?â
Grayson looked you up and down and shook his head. âI suppose you canât really, not without proper swimwear.â
You got in the pool in a suit when you were drunk, you didnât say.Â
âI have a bathing suit on under this,â you explained. âI just⌠why do I need to get in the water? Canât you just tell me whatâs going on?â
He took a deep breath.Â
âIâve decided I owe you an apology. For what happened.â You knew immediately what he was referring to. âI was reckless and foolish and unintentionally put the burden of myself onto you. It would have been easier for you to just leave me be, but you dealt with my mess. I appreciate that.âÂ
The silence that followed was only interrupted by the gentle lapping of the pool.
âSee why I figured you should get in?â He asked. âWeâd be at an even level. Better suited for such a conversation.â
âOr you could just get out,â you offered.Â
âPlease?âÂ
That word again.
Grayson Hawthorne knew what he was doing.Â
âFine,â you groaned, but really only half annoyed. You turned around as you began to take off the layers above the swimsuit, watching him in the corner of your eye as he looked away respectfully.
The cold hit you even harder now that you had removed your hoodie, and you hoped that the pool was well heated.Â
âOkay, okay.â You began walking over to the edge of the pool where Grayson was. When his eyes found you, he stared for a little longer than normal before answering.
âYouâre nervous,â he observed. âCan you swim?â
You shrugged, taking another step closer. âI know how to stop myself from drowning.â
Grayson moved out of your way and you sat on the edge of the pool with your feet getting wet. It was heated, thankfully. Comfortably so. No wonder he loved to come here at night.Â
He was watching you silently. You couldnât tell what he was thinking, and it was killing you. Not that anyone could ever tell what Grayson Hawthorne hid behind those piercing eyes, but yet another question amidst everything that had happened that week was too much.
Of course heâs a mystery, heâs a Hawthorne.Â
Before you could overthink it even further, you got in.
The warmth of the water enveloped you, contrasting greatly with the chill of the night air. You were holding onto the wall, not planning on letting go because your swimming skills were just barely above that of a child starting swim lessons. But Graysonâs intense gaze kept your heart racing.Â
He swam towards you, grabbing onto the wall a little closer but still leaving a respectful distance between you. âDo you know why I sent the 911?â
âNo,â you admitted. âIt scared me.â
âI apologize for that. I panicked.â
You hadnât expected that confession from him.
âYou panicked?â
He nodded slowly. âI was afraid youâd think less of me after how I acted. You havenât spoken to me in days, so I wasnât sure youâd come otherwise.â The vulnerability in his voice was tangible.
âItâs not that Iâve been trying to avoid you, Grayson,â you explained. âI just⌠I mean, you havenât spoken to me either.â
âI thanked you, I thought we were past what happened. I didnât think we needed to talk about it.â
âYou thanked me and then flirted and walked away.â
Grayson raised an eyebrow. âDid I?â
âYou know very well what you did,â you said, trying to hide the blush on your face.Â
He swam a little closer. His voice dropped to the same sincere tone it had adopted back when he was drunk. When youâd told him to be careful and heâd cupped your face. When he said heâd never hurt you, never.Â
âPerhaps I do. But that doesnât change the fact that I burdened you with my drunk self.â
âYouâre not a burden, Grayson,â you told him, also pushing yourself closer to him along the wall. âIt was no problem, really. Just a little entertaining.â
He chuckled, and you couldnât tell if it was genuine or bitter.Â
The way he was looking at you was making you feel something. Something you couldnât name but⌠didnât quite hate. You started to move yourself a little closer to him until-
Splash.
Your hand slipped off the edge of the pool, accidentally sending you back. Not exceptionally far or deep into the pool, but enough to make you panic. You could keep yourself afloat, sure, but not when you were suddenly pushed away from the only solid thing keeping your head above water.
But before you could fully let the panic set in, a strong arm wrapped around your waist and pulled you upwards.
The sensation of being lifted was disorienting. You were overwhelmed by the sudden rush of water and movement, then the lack of water as your head reached the surface again. Even if youâd barely been below the water for a few seconds, you found yourself gasping for air.Â
Graysonâs arm around you was the only steady thing in the chaos.
âHey, heyâ Grayson spoke, and it took a moment for your startled mind to process the words. âYouâre okay, Iâve got you.â
You blinked rapidly, trying to focus. It took a moment for your breathing to calm down, but you helped yourself by rationalizing it; youâd been under the water for maybe five seconds, there was no need to panic so much.
The shock had just gotten you.
His voice broke through again, focusing your vision and hearing on him. âJust breathe, in and out. Nice and slow, just like that.â
You followed his instructions, taking deep breaths. Your panic began to fade, and you became painfully aware of how close he now was to you, the proximity at which he held you.
Grayson didnât let go as you calmed down, simply keeping you tucked protectively in his arm as if the water was threatening you. He used his free hand to reach up and brush a wet strand of hair from your face behind your ear. The gesture was so gentle, so careful, that you felt your heart flutter.
âAre you alright?â He asked.Â
You nodded. âYeah, yeah, I think so. Thank you.â
He only nodded in return, his usually sharp gray eyes beginning to soften as he stared down at you. He didnât move his hand away after moving the hair out of your face. It stayed there, lingering around your ear, until he decided to move down, cupping your face.
Surprisingly, it wasnât the first time that shirtless Grayson Hawthorne was holding your face in his large hands and looking at you in a way that was more than an annoyed glance.Â
But it felt different this time. More intense, more real.Â
He wasnât drunk, not hungover; there was no doubt in your mind that he really meant everything. His eyes were still locked on yours with an emotion that you couldnât quite place, yet somehow felt deep within your core.Â
He leaned forward, so close to you that your foreheads were almost touching. His eyes fluttered shut and you realized what was happening only after you felt the words he whispered against your lips-
âIâm sorry.â
Grayson closed the small gap between you, gently pressing his lips to yours. The kiss was soft, almost hesitant at first, like he was giving you the chance to pull away or tell him to stop. But when you didnât, when you leaned into the kiss, the arm around you tightened.
Your hands moved on their own, both sliding their way up to rest on his chest. He responded to your touch with a low hum that made you shiver despite the heated pool.Â
His arm moved up to the back of your head, pushing you impossibly closer to him. The kiss grew more urgent, more desperate, like he was trying to express every emotion heâd been hiding for the past week. It was overwhelming, and for a moment nothing existed outside of you and Grayson Davenport Hawthorne.
When he pulled back, you kept your eyes closed. Grayson placed a small kiss on your forehead before resting it against his own. You were so close now, much closer than before, but that didnât matter anymore.
âIâve wanted to do that for a while now,â he admitted softly.
âMe too, Grayson,â you grinned. âMe too.â
When he kissed you again, he tasted like those stupid cherries he loved and felt like the end of the world.
the writing above belongs to me. please do not copy, modify, repost on other sites or claim as your own. Š 2024 wish-i-were-heather
#grayson hawthorne#grayson davenport hawthorne#grayson hawthorne x reader#grayson x reader#the inheritance games#the grandest game#the hawthorne legacy#the final gambit#the brothers hawthorne#tig#tig fanfic#tgg#mightier than your swordđđ
193 notes
¡
View notes
Note
baking Wanda's favorite dish because she spoils you so much you wanna do something nice for her (it can end with her fucking you on the kitchen counter or with you burning something)
i am a GOD at cooking and baking so i would NOT be burning anything in that kitchen and Wanda would be so pleased with my surprise food that i made her
@lizziesribbons i could cook for you any day bby just lmk when âĄ
SORRY i had to flirt with my wife rq anyways back to our regularly scheduled programming...
"Oh detka, this smells amazing," Wanda says, her soft voice surprising you.
You don't have the chance to turn around before her arms are wrapping around your stomach, her chin resting on your shoulder as she looks at the dessert you've made.
"They're Russian Tea Cakes, I know they're your favorite dessert," you say, setting down the powered sugar you'd been sprinkling over them. You manage to twist your head slightly, catching Wanda's wide green eyes with your own.
"Darling," Wanda begins, her eyes getting slightly misty. "That's the sweetest thing you could've made for me."
You turn fully, wrapping Wanda in a hug. You knew how hard it was for her to feel connected to Sakovia sometimes, so you'd been on a mission to make as many Slavic foods as you could, just to remind her of her home. There was still some leftover йОŃŃ in the fridge, and you didn't care about how many hours it took to perfect each dish. As long as Wanda was happy and smiling, you were satisfied.
"I love you," you whisper in her ear, feeling her press a light kiss against your neck in response.
"As delicious as these smell," Wanda begins, pulling away. Her pupils are dilated, and you tilt your head slightly in confusion. "We should leave them to cool for a bit, why don't you join me in the bedroom in five minutes?"
Wanda doesn't have to say much more, her finger closing your mouth when your jaw drops in excitement. You can hear her low chuckle as she walks towards the bedroom, and force yourself not to remove your apron too quickly, the strings getting tangled with your hair.
You glanced at the desserts sitting innocently on the counter. Eating one wouldn't hurt, right? That way, Wanda could taste it on your lips. You smile, making up your mind as you eat half of one, bringing the other with you to the bedroom.
Smiling, you slowly entered the room to find Wanda seated nude on the bed. Fuck, she was drop-dead gorgeous every time you laid eyes on her. You were already planning the next dish you could make for your beautiful, perfect wife.
"Don't keep Mommy waiting..."
192 notes
¡
View notes
Text
ooohh could you do a sex tape smut with vinnie? đŤś
( @louloulemons-blog ,, wanna make sure you got the notif đ hope you enjoy !! <3)
LETâS MAKE A MOVIE
girl i love this idea, thank you for the request !!!
pairing: vinnie hacker x fem!reader
warnings: smut, use of pet names, fingering, teasing, praise kink, bit of degradation ??, dirty talk, cum play ?? cussing, very little plot, dom!vinnie, lmk if i missed anything !!!
summary: you and vinnie decide to do something a bit different
the phone on the tripod captures everything as heâs got you on all fours, fucking you from behind. the bedâs shaking, definitely hitting the wall and putting if not one, many holes into it.
you donât care, however. all you care about is this, this moment with him. you completely forgot the phone was recording everything.
vinnie thrusts deep and slow as he reaches up and grabs your tits, squeezing them and making you moan loudly as you throw your head back.
âlouder baby, let âem hear who makes you feel this good.â vinnie whispers in your ear as his pace quickens.
you do as told, loving the way he feels inside you with this position. vinnie smirks as he kisses your shoulder.
âdoinâ so good for me baby,â he praises as you clench around him. âyouâre my good girl, yeah?â
you whine against the pillow that youâre face is currently being shoved into by vinnieâs large tattooed hand.
âasked you a question, didnât i?â he asks condescendingly, making tears want to fall from your eyes.
he grabs a fistful of your hair and pulls, making you lift your head. âhuh? you gonna use your words? or have i fucked you too good already?â
tears threaten to spill as his tone gets more stern with you. you werenât typically used to him having the condescending voice while the two of you were at it, so it threw you for a loop.
his grip and thrusts got harsher and all you could do was moan out loudly, absolutely no thoughts were in your head at the moment.
you soon feel him pull out of you, making you whine at the loss of contact. vinnie scoffs as he smacks your ass.
âquit your whining and get up.â he says, and you do as told.
vinnie lays back so heâs against the headboard, once youâre kneeling, he pulls you back against him and you hit his chest with your back.
the camera catches all of this, you stare right into it as you watch vinnie through it. you watch as his fingers dance along your skin, almost feeling like theyâre burning.
âyou watchinâ me?â he asks, not moving his gaze from where his hand now moves from your shoulder down to your chest.
you nod. âmhm.â you hum, feeling vinnieâs hand make contact with your tits.
he smirks as he feels your head rest against his shoulder. âspread your legs.â he demands.
when you donât do as told, he scoffs and squeezes your tits harsher.
âspread âem, dirty girl, câmon.â he urges, using that same deep, demanding tone with you.
when you do, vinnie chuckles as he sticks out his tongue, smiling at the camera. âyou gonna be good for me?â his gaze stays on the camera but his hands knead your breasts.
you nod with a smile, telling him youâll be so good for him. he strokes your hair before sliding one of his hands down your body.
you spread your legs a bit wider as his hand came closer to your aching pussy. you clenched around nothing when his hand squeezed your inner thigh.
âneedy girl, you think you deserve this?â vinnie asks as he squeezes the plush of your thigh.
âmhm!â you whine, the feeling of just his hand on you is making you more wet.
âi donât know,â he drags out, sliding his finger along your folds, teasing you. âlook up at the camera and say it.â
vinnie grabs your jaw, making you look up at the camera thatâs still recording. âiâll be good.â you say just below a mummer.
vinnie knits his eyebrows. âspeak up, or we stop now.â he tells you.
huffing, you speak louder so the camera can pick it up. you feel vinnie smile against your shoulder before kissing it.
you melt into his touch before being brought back to reality and feeling his fingers enter you. âvinnie,â you whine.
he chuckles when he hears you. âall i did was put my fingers inside you, and youâre already a fuckinâ mess.â
you squirm and whine under him, trying to get him to do something other than mere touches. he notices your movement and pulls his fingers from you.
âfor someone who said theyâd be good for me,â vinnie starts, stroking the inside of your thigh. âyouâre beinâ a real brat, you know that?â
nodding your head, you lift your head to try and make eye contact. vinnie grabs your chin and kisses you, making you think heâll go soft on you.
he lets go of your face harshly, making tears want to spill out of your eyes. youâre insanely turned on and he has done nothing since the two of you started.
âbaby please.â you whine, needing his touch now more than ever.
finally, you feel his fingers thrust into you again, curling at just the right spot, making you lean your head on his shoulder with a moan.
vinnieâs low laugh is heard clearly in your ear as he continues to curl his fingers inside you.
âthis what you wanted?â he knows heâs not getting an answer out of you, so he just continues.
âdirty girl just wanted my fingers in her, didnât she?â the pleasure completely overpowers his words for you, almost like you canât even hear him.
you feel his thumb rub on your clit and thatâs what does it for you. âvinnie,â you cry out, gripping his bicep. âplease.
you start to close your legs, the pressure being too overbearing, but vinnie takes his hand and pushes them open.
âkeep âem open, princess,â he tells you as his thumb doesnât stop its movements on your sensitive bud. âwanna get you cumminâ on camera.â
you whine as his movements continue, the knot about to burst any minute. before you get the chance to tell him youâre there, the contact is gone.
anger floods through you as you whip your head around to face your boyfriend, a smug smile plastered on his pretty face.
you thought he wanted you to show the camera your mess, but instead he just edged you on like heâs been doing.
before you get a chance to speak, vinnie beats you to it and whispers in your ear, âgot an idea, stay still.â he tells you.
staying put, you watch as your boyfriend gets up and moves his way around you. you smile cheekily when you get a good view of his ass as you watch him walk over to the tripod.
you hear him whisper something to the camera before he picks up the phone and stops the recording.
you have no doubt in your mind this tape will be a bit longer than some, but thatâs what editing is for.
vinnie starts recording again, only this time the camera is pointed at you. he walks towards you, smile on his face.
âlook at you,â he says lowly, cupping one of your breasts in his hands, making sure the video captures everything. âpretty little thing.â
the way the sentence leaves his mouth makes you clench around nothing. he gives your breast a squeeze before grabbing you by an ankle and pulling you down the bed.
pushing your chest, you fall onto your back, being all spread out for him in this position.
lifting your head, you see your boyfriend climb onto the bed himself. you watch as he angles the camera directly on your pussy.
a cry erupts from you when vinnieâs fingers make contact with your sensitive cunt once again.
he slides his fingers along you for a moment before pointing the camera at you. âready for it?â
he canât even finish his sentence before your nodding, smile widely spread across your face as you watch vinnie tentatively.
he points the camera back down and takes his cock in his other hand. it doesnât take long before heâs hard again, just the mere sight of you does it for him.
there was no warning before he slammed into you. bottoming out, he reached up to your chest and tweaked at your right nipple, eliciting a loud moan from you.
you tug at vinnieâs hair, making him groan. âfeel good, sweetheart?â he asks.
all you can do is nod in response, the pleasure of having him inside you again is too much for you to speak.
he angles the camera at your chest, getting a perfect view of your tits bouncing as he thrusts harshly.
before he can think it, he smacks your right breast, making you whimper at the feeling. âyou like that, huh,â the camera moves to your face, capturing how youâre reacting to all the pleasure.
âmhm.â you hum almost too quiet so vinnie canât even hear you. you watch his demeanor change again and you know whatâs about to come.
âwords.â is all he says before you open your mouth to speak. just as youâre about to, you feel vinnie pull out of you before slamming himself back into you.
âcouldnât hear you, baby.â he says, camera pointing right in front of you, watching as tears well in your eyes.
you cry out a âyesâ thatâs soon drowned out by a moan when you feel his hand press on your lower stomach.
he smirks. âfeel that, pretty girl,â he says as you nod. âthatâs all me. only i can make you feel this good.â
another moan is ripped from your throat as you feel his hand inch lower before reaching your clit. you look up, grabbing his hair as you see the camera pointed right at where you and vinnie are connected.
âvin,â you moan when his thumb makes contact with your swollen bud. âfaster.â
he does as told. fast circles are stimulating you in no time as he continues to fuck you. âyou gonna cum, baby? be a good girl fâme?â
you clench around his cock as you tug on his hair and whine out. vinnie lets his own moans out when he feels you clench around him.
âshit baby, go ahead.â he gives you the approval youâve been waiting for and you waste no time.
with one last thrust that was all it took for not only you, but vinnie to spill as well, the two of you cumming together.
the camera doesnât leave the angle itâs capturing. he makes sure everything he wants is in view before slowly pulling out of you with a hiss.
âshit, pretty girl,â he pants, trying to catch his breath. you sit up on your elbows so you can see what heâs doing. âlook at the mess we made.â
vinnie chuckles as he spreads the mixture of yours and his cum along your sensitive pussy.
you hiss at the feeling of his fingers nudging your clit, making vinnie look up at you with a smile.
he leans in to kiss you, but before he does, he makes sure itâs visible in the camera.
âdid so good for me, i love you.â is all he says before kissing you and then ending the recording.
HI HI HI !! thank you for the request again, i LOVED writing it and i hope you loved reading and it lived up to what you wanted <33
tags: @cosmicanakin , @anqeliclust , @forevergirlposts , @bernelflo , @slvthrs , @leqonsluv3r , @0strawberrysorbet0 , @st4rswrld , @lovingsturniolo , @visualbutterflysworld , @laylasbunbunny , @defnotayonna , @supabhad , @kriissy4gov , @venuscameron , @kayleighh , @violet0182 , @hallecarey1
#submission#vhackerr#vincent hacker#vinniehacker#vvhacker#vinnie hacker smut#vinniehackerfanfic#vinnie hacker blurb#vinnie hacker fluff#vinnie hacker imagines#vinnie x y/n#vinnie x reader#vinnie hacker headcanon
302 notes
¡
View notes
Text
write me into your thoughts (i'll be safe with the words on the page) - jack hughes
pairing: jack hughes x amelie fishel (reckless driving au)
warnings: swearing, not proofread nearly enough lol, not much else i can think of!
inspired by + title: "on the page" by maggie rogers
word count: 15k
author's note: hi everyone! thank you for your patience. i had a wonderful time writing this one - it's always fun digging into jack and amelie's relationship. this is a part two, so if you haven't already, please read part one here! please let me know what you think and flood my inbox with all your thoughts!! worlds like this only come alive with you all, so any feedback you have, i'd love to hear it. i hope you enjoyâ¤ď¸
taglist: @ru-kru, @bunbunbl0gs (lmk if you wanna be added)
amelie
Their first official date happens later than both Amelie and Jack wouldâve liked.
They have to postpone it twice. The first is because Amelie is assigned to cover an Islanders pre-season game last minute. The second is because Jack forgets that he has a thing with Hockey in New Jersey until the night before. Both of them wanted to get away in Prague with just each other for a few hours but it proved to be too complicated, both with the actual scheduling and wanting to keep it on the down low from the team, especially because theyâre not really anything yet and she just started the job and he respects that.
The Devils had asked her to tag along with some of the guys even on their off day to compile some sort of photo collage. They didnât really give her many instructions, so she took that as an invitation to be creative. She switched between disposable, digital and film and had a lot of fun doing it, tagging along as they did touristy things and enjoyed each otherâs company during meals.Â
At first, she was a bit intimidated at inserting herself into a group of guys who had just met. It took her the first full season of covering Michigan hockey before she even felt comfortable. But Curtis Lazar specifically took her in, introducing his family to her and treating her like an uncle would. Amelie just let the guys riff off each other while she snapped pictures whenever it felt right. Whatever she did, the team seemed to like, and thatâs more than okay with her.Â
(She got some awesome pictures of a few of them on film that she didnât necessarily think are the best to put out to the public but she thinks they or their families might appreciate them. She saves those, and vows to herself to try to do that as much as she can, making sure that her love of photography doesnât just boil down to her job.Â
She has more than a few pictures of Jack, whether purposefully or not. Theyâll be of use someday.)
The time they got to really let loose was the night after the second game, with everyone in high spirits after winning both games against Buffalo. Amelie had squeezed Seamus for an extra long time when she first saw him after the game and everyone was dressed to go out.Â
Both of them being rookies as Wolverine alums. Itâs kinda touching. At least, everyone else thinks it does. Amelie does too, really, but sheâs just trying not to fuck up at her very new and very cool job. The sentimentality of it all hasnât quite hit her yet.
Sheâs trying to ignore Jackâs eyes that seem to always be on her. Right now, she just needs to focus on Prague and then deal with whatever that is when they get back to Jersey.Â
The day after the Devils home opener, she gets a text from Jack.
Jack Hughes
is today finally the day?
Amelie Fishel
iâm free! are you?
Jack Hughes
;)
just got out of morning skateÂ
lunch? and we can walk around after?
or would you rather do dinner?
Amelie Fishel
lunch sounds good
you want me to pick a place?
Jack Hughes
i got itÂ
11:30 okay? iâll pick you up
Amelie Fishel
thatâs perfectÂ
see you soon!!
Amelie swallows as she looks into her closet. It doesnât really matter. Jackâs seen her going-out outfits as well as her lounging at home fits. But she wants to feel good and comfortable because she doesnât really know what to expect.
Sheâs surprised Jack has seemed to be so receptive, even though sheâs the one who messed it all up that July night.Â
With a white sweater and black leggings on, she ties a black ribbon into her hair and takes a deep breath, just as her phone buzzes.Â
Jack Hughes
whatâs your apt #
Amelie Fishel
6A
She spritzes her perfume on just as she hears a knock on her door. She grabs her bag, slips on her boots and goes to open the front door.Â
Amelie swallows as she opens the door. Jack looks up from his phone, quickly slips it into his pocket, and smiles sweetly. Heâs wearing an olive green jacket over a white shirt, tucked into blue jeans. His curls look good and she takes a deep breath.
âHi,â he breathes out.
âHey.â She looks down at the singular pink tulip in his hand.
He clears his throat. âI, uh, walked past the floral shop like, a block away from here? And I just..thought of you.â
âOh,â she mutters softly. âThank you. Let me put it in a vase and then weâll head out.â
âYeah, of course,â he says. âTake your time.â
Amelie fetches a mason jar and cuts the stem so that itâs proportionate. After admiring it for a second as it sits on her kitchen table, she walks back to the door, making sure she has her keys. She debates reaching for his hand, but she doesnât, as they walk towards the elevator.Â
She notices that he leaves some distance between them as he leans his back against the wall. She must be giving him a look without realizing, because he lets out a nervous laugh. âWhat?â
âWhat?â
âWhy are you looking at me like that?â
âYouâre making me nervous.â
âHow?â
âI donât know!â She vaguely gestures. âWhy are you soâŚquiet?â
He laughs, and she smiles at the sound. âSorry,â he says genuinely. âIâm not trying to beâŚI just donât wanna mess this up again.â
All humor washes away from Amelieâs face as her stomach churns, watching Jack fidget. âIâm the one that lied to you, Jack,â she says softly. âYou have nothing to make up for.â
âMaybe,â he admits. âBut that doesnât mean I didnât do things wrong either. I wanna do it right this time. Iâm sorry if Iâm being weird.â
She canât take it anymore, scooting herself closer to him and intertwining their hands together. Immediately, he squeezes them.
This might be their first official date. But she thinks sheâs been his for awhile now, Even when they werenât talking.Â
In hindsight, Amelie knew that lying to Jack, even if it was only for a few days, was the wrong move the second she did it. It took talking to her sisters, some friends and fucking Ethan Edwards for her to stop beating herself up about it so much and focus on moving forward and making it better (âif thatâs something you want to do,â Ethan had added over the phone when she was close to hyperventilating. âYou have endless chances to make up for lying. Itâs obvious he still cares about you. You just need to do something about it. Heâd forgive you in a heartbeat, Ami.â)Â
She had convinced herself that Jack wouldnât want to hear her out, and that working adjacent with his team would just be filled with polite exchanges and nothing more. But then they locked eyes at Media Day and he caught her trying to get herself together and told her that heâd always say yes to her, whatever the fuck that means.Â
Theyâre walking out to the parking lot when Jack tugs their hands to a light stop in front of his car. He opens the passenger seat door, but pauses. She turns to him in confusion.Â
âYou okay?â He asks, eyebrows pinched in concern. âI lost you for a bit.â
She tries to smile convincingly. âYeah. Sorry.â
âAmelie, we donât have to do this if you donât want to,â he swallows. âIf you-â
âNo,â she says firmly, slipping into the seat. Sheâs not gonna let misunderstandings come between them again. âI want to do this. Iâm justâŚfreaking out a bit?â
He starts the engine before turning towards her. âYeah, yeah. I get that. Itâs just me though.â
She huffs. Because thatâs partially the problem. She changes the subject. âWhere are we going?â
âClee likes this place called Elysian Cafe? I think itâs French.â
Amelie hums. âSounds good.â She looks over to him. âWho knows this is happening?â
âThe date?â
âYeah.â
âLuke and Clee, obviously. Quinn. Probably Nico through Clee. Or me. I probably mentioned it to him. Why?â
She shrugs. âJust want to know what Iâm working with.â
âWho knows on your end?â
âJust Col and Char,â she chuckles slightly at the memory. âTheyâre the ones who convinced me to try again in the first place.â
âThen I know who I have to thank,â Jack smiles. âYou-I hope thatâs okay that I told them?â
She shrugs. âTheyâre your siblings. Or dating one of them. I wouldnât have any right to feel upset, especially because I did the same thing.â
âBut you work with two of them.â
Right. Yeah. Part of the reason they had their whole misunderstanding in the summer. She takes a deep breath. âYeah. Iâm trying to get over that hump for myself. But itâs not something neither of us can control, I guess.â
He becomes quiet, before, âIâm sorry I didnât understand that before, like, why that mattered so much to you.â
She blinks as they wait at a light, the turn signal flicking being their only soundtrack. âThatâs okay. I lied to you, so we were both in the wrong.â
âBut you did it for good reason and I didnât see that at the time,â he runs a hand through his hair.Â
Amelie swallows down any doubt and leans over to kiss Jack lightly on the cheek. âI appreciate that. Thank you.â
One side of his lips quirk up into his signature smirk. Amelie doesnât even roll her eyes. âSo howâs the start of the job been? Busy?â
âVery,â she settles back in the seat. âBut good. Media day was nuts, as you saw. Prague was really fun. Pre-season was good but crazy. Iâm sure Iâll get used to it soon.â
âHave you been able to explore Jersey much? Or go into Manhattan?â
âNot really,â she admits. âWhen I do have free time Iâve been unpacking and sleeping. Iâm on duty for the Rangers when you guys are on the road trip though so maybe Iâll have more time to explore the city then if Iâm not too tired.â
He pouts slightly. âWhat am I supposed to be telling everyone? That my girlfriend works for the enemy?â
âI work for your team too, loser,â she shoots back, before hesitating. âGirlfriendâs a bit presumptuous, no?â
âIt is,â he admits. âBut Iâm hoping by the end of this date and however many more that I can make it an easier decision for you.â
Amelieâs half stunned at his boldness. But then she remembers that they have kissed multiple times. It just feels different without the fragility of summer and Michigan. It feels different in New Jersey. Almost forbidden. But she knows those are just boundaries sheâs put up all on her own.
She tries to push that down. She canât keep getting lost in her own head. Jackâs right here. âHow about you? Season starting out okay? Is that a stupid question?â
He chuckles. âSeasonâs good, I think. Prague was definitely very fun. I donât know. You donât wanna look too ahead, you know? Just focus on the next few games. Work on what you need to work on.â
Amelie canât help but snort. âVery diplomatic of you.â
âWhat do you mean?â
âDid you spit that out to a journalist earlier?â
He sputters, âYou asked!â
She chuckles. âI know.â
When they reach the restaurant, theyâre not even sitting down at their table yet when Amelieâs skin prickles up. She can feel someone watching them. Sheâs proven right when a young teenager politely asks for a picture right after they get seated. The interaction takes all of 30 seconds but Jack looks so apologetic afterwards.
âIâm sorry,â he says after the boy walks away.Â
âItâs all good,â she replies sincerely before grinning with a light shrug. âI know youâre a big deal.â
âStill. I donât-â
âJack,â he shuts up immediately, looking at her like sheâs the only person in the world. âItâs fine. I promise.â They both thank the waiter as he fills up their glasses. âHow is everyone? Luke and Quinn and Clementine and all them.â
âTheyâre good,â he says, automatically more at ease talking about his family. âI mean, you see Luke so you know. Quinn seems to be doing well up there with the Canucks. Just start of the season stuff. And Cleeâs good. Really busy at the hospital so Iâve barely seen her, to be honest.â
âDo you like living with them?â
âI love it,â he replies honestly. âLiving with both of them is like, I donât know. It feels like childhood again. But weâre all grown up and not as stupid as before. Well, me and Luke. Cleeâs always been smart. But no, itâs fun living with them. Iâm not sure how long itâll be until Clee moves out so Iâll take what I can get.â
âSheâs moving out?â
Jack shrugs. They both order â mussels to share for an appetizer, a burger for him and fish tacos for her. He waits until the waiter walks away. âShe hasnât said anything yet. But her and Nico are getting pretty serious. I mean, I guess theyâve only been dating for, like, 6 months, but I could see her moving in with him sooner rather than later.â
She hums. âHow do you feel about that? Like, them being together. It has to be a bit weird, right?â
âIt can be,â he drums his fingers on the table. âLast season, I joked a lot about it. But then it actually happened and it was like, woah, my older sister is now dating my captain and two parts of my life are combining in a way that it hasnât before. But theyâre pretty good at like, the separation I guess. Not that-I really like them together. I think theyâre actually really good for each other. He calms her down and she knocks some sense into his head.â He chuckles and Amelie realizes how much she loves that sound. âI wouldâve introduced them earlier if Iâd known how good they would be together.â
âI canât imagine living with either of my sisters, to be honest, even if I love them.â
âWhy is that?â
âI think I need my own space.â
He hums, and before she can overthink about how that may come across, he switches topics. âSo what did you get up to the rest of the summer?â
Overthinking about how I left things with you is the honest answer, but they donât need to get into that. âNot much, I guess. Packed. Hung around. Saw some friends. Went to a concert.â
âWho did you see?â
âI donât know if you know her. Lizzy McAlpine?â
âI donât. Text me some of your favorite songs from her later. Iâll listen to them.â
She chuckles. âI donât really think itâs your type of music.â
âWhatâs your favorite song by her?â
âUh uh,â she teases with a wry smile. âYou donât get to have that information yet.â
âIâll earn it,â he says, a bit too seriously for their topic of conversation. âSo, concerts. You know, everyone usually comes by to New York City. Iâm sure youâll be able to catch some people there.â
âYou an expert on NYC?â
Jack shrugs. âNot really, considering, you know, all this. But when we have a few days off I like to go in. I have some spots I enjoy a lot.â
âWe should go in sometime and you can show me your spots.â
His lips spread slowly into a grin. âYeah?â
She nods, looking down at her lap. âYeah. Whenever I get my feet under me.â
âIt seems like youâre handling everything just fine,â he says.
Amelie lets out a laugh as she leans back. âIâm really good at faking it.â
âLuke misses you.â
âI just saw him yesterday.â
âNo, I know, but like, just hanging out with you. Heâs started bugging me about the three of us hanging out like we did in Michigan.â
âWeâre not in Michigan anymore.â
âSure, but whatâs the difference?â
Sheâs saved from answering as their food comes.Â
Lunch is delicious and fun and light and Jack is exactly how she remembers from the summer, even if the October chill is settling in and theyâre not in the MIchigan sunshine anymore. Seeing Jack against the windows of a cafe in Hoboken, looking at ease, at her, nothing has changed between them. But also, so many things have.Â
She wishes she could fully enjoy and let go of ⌠whatever has been in her gut since she hid her sobs in her hand at her grandparentsâ house. Jack has been doing everything right and sheâs trying to enjoy herself.Â
(Sheâs scared)
They decide to walk around for a bit after they eat, not wanting to leave each otherâs company quite yet. Theyâre walking through a park and admiring the empty fountain when Jack laughs.Â
âUh oh.âÂ
Sheâs confused. âWhat?â
Jack chuckles, shoving his hands in his pockets. âI donât know. You look like youâre about to say something that you donât think Iâm gonna like.â
She blinks. Fuck. âAm I that obvious?â
âNo,â he admits. âLucky guess. Or maybe I just know you. Spill. Whatâs going on in that pretty head?â
She stares at her shoes. Be brave, she tells herself. âCan you-can we take this slow? I-I know that we arenât really starting from step one but I-I,â she trails off, trying to steady her voice.
âHey,â he mutters softly, pulling her to the side of the path so they donât block people. âI was kidding earlier about the girlfriend stuff. I donât care about that. I care about you and whatever pace you want to go at. Or no pace if thatâs something you also want to do.â
âAnd youâd be okay with no pace at all?â
She stares at his adam's apple bopping up and down. âIf thatâs what you wanted. Iâm obviously not, not gonna force you into anything you donât want to be in. Iâm not that much of an asshole.â He chuckles weakly.Â
She realizes suddenly that Jack actually thinks thereâs a chance of her turning him down. A chance of her saying she doesnât want anything to do with him, which is definitely not the case. She knows she wants him. She just doesnât know what that looks like yet, which is why:
âWe can take it slow?â She asks.Â
âWhatever pace you want,â he assures. âWhatever you want.â
âAnd the team?â
âWhat about the team?â
âWell, theyâll have to know, right? I might not work for the Devils directly but thereâs a conflict of interest there.â
âThey donât have to know anything,â he assures. âDefinitely not yet. Once they do, weâll figure it out together.â
She bites her lip, because yeah, that sounds nice, but heâs untouchable in the grand scheme of things. Sheâs much more disposable in comparison. âJack.â
âWeâll figure it out together,â he repeats. âI promise.â
And promises have never really meant much to Amelie. But the look in Jackâs eyes is so comforting and insistent that she canât do anything but believe him.
*****
jack
Itâs getting colder now, as it does in early to mid October in Jersey. Jack rubs his hands together as he locks his car. He has the day off today after playing the Caps last night and Amelie also has the day off. The plan is to spend a day in New York City. He hasnât heard from her this morning, which is a bit unusual, but that doesnât phase him as he enters the elevator and then stops in front of Amelieâs apartment.Â
Three crisp knocks and heâs shoving his hands in his coat pockets and rocking back and forth. It takes upwards to a minute before the door is cracked open. The automatic smile on his face quickly drops into a concerned frown when he sees her.Â
âAre you okay?âÂ
Amelie, hair messed up, in a Michigan t-shirt and flannel pajama bottoms, responds with three consecutive sneezes. âShit,â she sniffles. âI thought I texted you.â
He closes the door behind him and lets himself in her apartment. âWhat happened?â
âWoke up feeling like crap,â she coughs into her elbow. âCoughing, sneezing, a bit of a sore throat. I think itâs a bad cold.â
âSo no frolicking to the city, I assume?â He jokes lightly.Â
Her shoulders deflate. âIâm sorry. I was really looking forward to it..â
âNo stress,â he assures gently. He untangles her crossed arms and squeezes her fingers gently. âGo lay down on the couch.â
Her eyebrows furrow. âHuh?â
âDo you have things in the kitchen to make soup?â
âNo?â She blinks. âI was supposed to go grocery shopping tomorrow.â
He hums. âOkay. Iâll run to the store. Do you have medicine?â
She blinks again, her brain catching up. âYou donât have to stay. Youâll get sick.â
âIâm staying. Do you have medicine?â He repeats. She nods. He presses a kiss on her forehead, another wave of concern washing over him as he notes how clammy it is. âHang tight, baby. Iâll be back soon.â
âYou really donât have to stay.â
âI want to,â Jack swallows. âIf you really want me to go, I will. But youâre not feeling well, and Iâd like to help out.â
A few seconds of silence before Amelie nods, rubbing her nose. âOkay. Thank you.â
âAnytime. Iâll be quick.â
It takes 30 minutes for Jack to grab ingredients from the note on his Notes app for a basic chicken noodle soup recipe that his mom sent him way back in his rookie year, some cough drops, extra cold medicine, and call Clementine in a panic to check that he isnât forgetting anything (âShe probably just needs to sleep it off,â Clementine says, traces of Nicoâs voice in the background). Jack had grabbed Amelieâs keys from her counter when he left so he lets himself back in quietly, finding Amelie laying down on the couch.Â
âHey,â he announces himself with a soft voice. Amelie just lets out something between a groan and a sigh. âThat bad?â
âNo. Iâm just being dramatic,â she pouts, scrolling through Netflix. âI wanna watch something but I know what. Do you have a preference?â
Jack starts unpacking the bag in her kitchen. âYouâre the one whoâs sick. Iâm fine with whatever.â
âHave you ever seen La La Land?â
âI have not.â
âOf course you havenât. Weâre watching it. Itâs my comfort movie.â
âGimme, like, 15 minutes?â He asks. âI need to prepare the soup.â
âSure,â she yawns. âI should probably take a shower.â
âYouâll definitely feel better.â
She lets her hair out of her hair tie. âJust tell me I look like shit next time.â
He gives her a look, shaking his head. âYou never look like shit.â
Amelie scoffs lightly with a small smile, getting off the couch. âSure, Jack.â
âShoo,â he flicks his hand. âDelicious chicken noodle soup coming to you soon.â
17 minutes later, the soup is simmering on the stove and Amelie walks back out with damp hair. She coughs heartily and winces, coming to the kitchen and pouring herself a glass of water. âIt smells good.â
Jack almost beams. âThanks. An Ellen Weinberg-Hughes specialty.â
She hums. âMovie time?â
âWell, itâs one of your favorites. So we have to.â
When they get to the couch and Amelie presses play, he hesitates. He wants to put an arm around her and let her snuggle against his side, but he doesnât want her to be uncomfortable. As the opening number starts, he doesnât have to overthink it any longer, because she pulls the blanket over both of them and leans the side of her head against his shoulder. He swears she can feel the smile on his face when he kisses her temple.Â
Two hours later, two empty bowls are on the table in front of them, there are tear streaks on Amelieâs face and Jack is a bit confused. âThatâs your comfort movie?â
âYeah. Donât pretend you didnât like it.â
âThatâs not what Iâm saying,â he blinks. âIâm just saying that it seems pretty sad to be a movie that comforts you.â
She shrugs. âItâs sad, but itâs also life. And itâs beautiful. And itâs about moments and how sometimes, things just arenât meant to be. Itâs realistic.â
He hums in affirmation. âNot a dreamer, eh?â
âI wish I was more of one,â she admits. âSometimes I feel like Iâm limiting myself because I donât want to dream too big because I feel like Iâll inevitably be disappointed.â
âI donât think you could disappoint anyone,â he rushes out.Â
âItâs not about what other people think,â she says with a light cough, staring ahead at the TV. âItâs about what I think of myself.â
And, well, yeah. Jack knows that feeling all too well.Â
âYouâre doing awesome, you know?â He says, trying to offer some encouragement as they face each other, knees barely touching. âI mean, Iâm not going to pretend I understand every aspect of your job, but Iâve heard from Josh and, just from seeing how hard you work and how much you care about it, especially because youâre newâŚdonât stress out about it. Youâre doing great.â
âYou think?â
âOf course.â
âThanks.â
âYou donât sound so sure,â he teases.Â
One side of her lips quirk up, as she tilts her head to the side in thought. âI guess it wasnât really my professional life I was talking about with the whole dreamer question.â
âSo your personal life?â
âYeah. I donât know. La La Land is so heartbreaking but itâs also, at its core, a story about love and dreams andâŚâ She trails off, avoiding eye contact with him.Â
Jack swallows. Guess heâll be the brave one. âSo youâre a romantic.â
âIs that surprising?â
âA bit. But not in a bad way.â
âI donât know if Iâve ever let myself really believe that I am one, if that makes sense.â It doesnât, but she pays him no mind, a furrow in her eyebrow indicating that sheâs piecing her thoughts together. âI think for awhile, I just convinced myself it wouldnât ever amount to anything. So instead of ever, I donât know, thinking that I would find someone who really just likes me for me in that way, I figured no one ever would. Which sucks, because Iâve always wanted that.â
He wants to say so much, but nothing comes out of his mouth except for an affirming hum. âThe movie was great.â
She blinks, a smile spreading on her face. âYou think?â
âYeah. But you should sleep,â he tucks a piece of her hair behind her ear. âIâm surprised you didnât conk out during.â
Her lips turn into a pout, âI usually would fight you, but I donât have the strength.â
âBed or couch?â
She yawns, already leaning her head on a pillow. âIâm not moving.â Before Jack can think about what heâs going to do, she makes grabby hands in his direction. âNap time.â
âMe too?â
âYou have other places to be?â She asks, eyes already closed.Â
He tucks himself next to her and pulls the blanket over them both. âNowhere but here.â
(âThanks for coming today,â Amelie says hours later, leaning her hip against the doorway as Jackâs about to head home. Itâs already 10 p.m., and he has practice tomorrow morning.Â
âDo you feel better?â He asks. She nods. âThen thatâs all that matters.â
âBut what if you wake up tomorrow and youâre sick? Still gonna like me then?â
And he knows sheâs half-teasing, but he ducks down to leave a lingering kiss on her cheek. âOf course.â
She hums, rubbing her eyes. âAnd thanks for the soup. Iâm gonna have enough to last me for days.â
âThat was the idea.â He shoves his hands in his pockets. âAm I gonna see you Friday?â
âUnless I get worse, then I should be there,â she nods, before wrapping her arms around his waist. âSee you later.â
âBye, babe.â
âWait,â he turns back around as she leans her head on the doorway. ââStaying.ââ
âHm?â
âThatâs my favorite Lizzy McAlpine song. Or one of them.â
ââStaying?â Thatâs what itâs called?â She nods. He tucks that into the back of his mind. âOkay. Iâll let you know what I think.â
âGoodnight, Jack.â
âNight.â)
amelie
Itâs been a crazy month of ups and downs, but Amelie isnât lying when she tells her family that she loves her job.Â
Sometimes she feels a bit out of her element, like when she canât get a good angle on a shot no matter how hard she tries or when the dynamics of being a part of a professional sports organization (and sometimes, with the teams she covers, it feels like multiple organizations in one) are harder to figure out than usual. But then the familiar sounds of a game flood through her ears and she reaches up to touch the ribbon in her hair â switching between red, orange or blue depending on what team sheâs shooting â and she takes a deep breath and feels okay again.Â
More often than not, if sheâs at the Rock, she catches Jackâs eye, or a glimpse of his hair, or even just the 86 and it brings her a sense of calm.Â
They donât interact that much at work besides hellos and some stolen short conversations here or there. Sheâs usually busy running around during pre-game and then heâs playing when theyâre actually in the same proximity.Â
She has a moment after shooting an Islanders game and then getting the notification that Jack had just scored in a game against Colorado in their arena. Before she leaves the parking lot, she clicks on Jackâs contact anyways, waiting to leave a voicemail.Â
âHey, uh, congrats on the goal. Unsure if you win since the game is tied as Iâm calling, but hope you guys pull it out. I donât really know why Iâm calling, to be honest. I was just thinking about you. I think we both have a day off right when you get back to Jersey, and I was wondering, if maybe youâd wanna go into Manhattan finally? Let me know. Iâll see you when you get back. Okay, bye.â
(She wakes up the next day to see she has a missed call and a voicemail from Jack
âHey Baby. I guess I couldâve waited to call you in the morning but I didnât want to wait. We won, by the way. And yeah, Iâm totally down to go into the city when we both have a minute. I, uh, weâll catch up when I get back. But it was really nice to hear your voice, even if just over a voicemail. Have a good day. Bye.â)
They donât get to go to Manhattan when Jack comes back, because Amelie is asked to fill in last minute for a Flyers game. She feels like sheâs more bummed about it than Jack is. Or at least outwardly. In fact, after that voicemail, they donât really get a chance to talk until four days later, when Jack catches her at The Rock before the game against Washington.
He grabs her arm lightly and leads them to a small alcove. âHey.â
âHi,â she canât help but smile. âGood skate this morning?â
âGood as can be. Bummed we couldnât go into the city the other day.â
She sighs. âYeah. Iâm sorry.â
âNot your fault,â he hesitates, before: âHey. What plans do you have after the game tonight?â
âNothing?â
âCome over to mine after,â she opens her mouth but he barrels on. âCleeâs working late and Luke wonât bother us. I just, I donât know. I feel like we havenât been able to see each other. And you have to head over to MSG tomorrow afternoon, right? We can grab breakfast somewhere, then.âÂ
Amelie opens and closes her mouth two times. âYou donât think itâs too soon for me to stay over?â
His eyes widen. âShit. I didnât even-Iâm sorry. I wasnât thinking. I didnât-I wasnât, like, I donât expect anything. I can sleep on the couch. I just figured it would make it more convenient because weâve been missing out on seeing each other lately. Iâm gonna be tired after the game anyways and I was thinking we could just put something on TV or-â
âOkay.â
He blinks. âOkay?â
She nods before she can back out. âYeah. I have an overnight bag in my car in case I ever get stranded somewhere and need to crash.â
âYou sure?â
She canât help but chuckle a bit. âYou brought it up first, Jack. You backing out now?â
âNo, of course not. But the last thing I want to do is make you uncomfortable.âÂ
âItâs fine,â she says. And it is, really. But now thatâs all sheâs going to be thinking about for the rest of the day. âSeriously. Itâs good. Your bed better be comfortable.â
He barks out a laugh. âIt is. Great. Iâll see you later?â
âIâll be around. Good luck.â With one last smile, he ducks out of alcove. She takes a breath, tugging at her jacket, before making her way out as well.Â
Kennedy, another photographer that strictly works with the Devils that Amelieâs become fast friends with, chuckles. âYouâre not slick.â
Amelie lets out a small scream, before rolling her eyes. âFuck, Kenny! A warning next time would be nice. And itâs not anything.â
Kennedy snorts as they both walk down the hallway. âYeah, sure.â
âNo, seriously, itâs justâŚweâre figuring it out.â
The older girl softens. âHey, I was just making a joke. Itâs none of my business. You guys are adults.â
âItâs something,â Amelie admits. âBut I just donât quite know what yet.â
âYouâll figure it out,â Kennedy assures. âIâve known Jack longer than Iâve known you. I know youâll figure it out. Now, Candace just brewed a fresh pot of coffee and we need to grab some before everyone comes in.â
Theyâre almost too late, because Coach Keefe has just poured out his cup and Kennedy rushes over to take the carafe out of his hand as he laughs. One day Amelie will get the confidence to do that.Â
âHow are you settling in?â He asks Amelie kindly as Kennedy hands her a mug.
âPretty well,â she says. âStill trying to get used to the chaos of the season but itâs been great and everyoneâs been awesome.â
âI imagine thatâs even more difficult when you have a bunch of schedules to balance.â
âIt can get tricky,â she shrugs with a smile. âKeeps the job fresh though.â
âI bet.â A few seconds of comfortable silence sipping their respective coffees before Coach continues. âYou went to the University of Michigan, right? I think Iâve seen you wearing that maize M around.â
âI did.â
âMy niece is a junior in high school and thinking about doing something with sports, whether itâs business or photography or communications, probably because sheâs been surrounded by the ice her whole life,â Coach Keefe laughs. âEarlier this season, Luke was talking to her about Michigan and I think he got her hooked.â
Amelie has to laugh at that. Classic Luke. âWell, Iâd be happy talking to her if she wants a perspective from someone who wasnât an athlete.â
âWould you really? Iâm sure she would appreciate that.â
âYeah, totally,â she fishes out a business card. âShe can text me anytime. No promises Iâll respond too quickly, but I will as soon as I can.â
âThank you, Amelie. Truly.â
âOf course, Coach.â
He turns back to Kennedy and jokes. âYou must hate her, huh?â
Kennedy, who went to Ohio State, rolls her eyes. âWith her, Shea and Luke, I feel constantly outnumbered here.â
âDonât forget Jack,â Coach Keefe said.Â
âOh, we donât,â Kennedy chuckles. Amelie simultaneously wants to roll her eyes at her unsubtly and slap her shoulder. Instead, she settles with a look, to which Kennedy pointedly ignores.Â
After morning skate and editing what she needs to edit, Amelie heads to the grocery store for a quick run before stopping by at home to relax for a bit. She decides at the last minute to grab a bouquet of mums to put in her kitchen. After unloading her groceries, she tries to tidy up around her apartment but ultimately gives up, collapsing down on the couch. She has around an hour to kill before needing to get redressed to head back into the rink.Â
What does she do with that hour? Lounge around on her couch and pick up the latest book sheâs reading. A memoir that AJ, the head of Devils socials, recommended. She hasnât read as much as she used to, due to everything changing, but snuggling into her couch even just for a little to flip pages in a book calms her down.Â
When itâs time to go, sheâs about to walk out the door before she stops herself, heading to the kitchen to grab a bottle of wine. That seems reasonable to give to Jack whoâs inviting her over as a thank you gift, right?Â
After the game, thatâs when she starts getting nervous. She edits the photos she needs to, sends them to Josh, the guy in charge of Devils media, and then lingers. She drove here, but she doesnât wanna beat Jack to his place. She starts drumming her fingers against her desk, scrolling aimlessly on her phone. She knows he also got tagged for doing media tonight too, which explains why heâs taking a bit longer.Â
âHey.â
She practically jumps out of her seat, putting her hand over her heart. âJesus, Jack.â
âJumpy,â he comments with a smirk before leaning against the door frame. âYou good to go?â
âYeah. Was just waiting for you.â
He grimaces. âYeah. I shouldâve given you my keys so you could chill at mine instead of here. Sorry.â
She stands up, gathering her things. âItâs fine. Can you send me your address again? I think I know where it is but I wanna make sure.â
They walk out together. People are milling about but no one questions anything. Amelie doesnât know how she feels about that. Her phone buzzes, indicating Jack texted her his address. Sheâs parked on the other side of the garage but he walks her to her car anyways with a shrug, but it means a lot to her. She follows him easily to his apartment, the GPS guiding her along the way and when she parks right next to him, he somehow beats her to her own door and opens it for her.Â
âThanks,â she says quietly, getting her overnight backpack from her backseat. âDo you mind if I bring my camera bag into yours? I donât want them to get cold or-â
âYeah, yeah, of course,â he grins, tie thrown over his shoulder and dress shirt wrinkled. He looks so handsome. âYouâre not you without your cameras. You want me to grab something?â
âIâm good, thanks,â she says, locking her car. âGood game.â
âYou think?â
âYou got two assists and a few shot good attempts at goal,â she says with a furrowed eyebrow. âIâd consider that good, right?â
âYeah, yeah. I just, I didnât think you paid attention that much.â
She nudges his hip with hers as the elevator pings for each floor. âItâs kinda part of my job.â
âIs it?â He shoots back. She just rolls her eyes. âHave you eaten yet?â He asks.Â
âA bit. Have you?â
âA bit,â he echoes. âI was gonna roast some veggies and make some rice. I think I have leftover chicken. Unless you want something else? Clee probably has a bunch of stuff in the fridge that we-â
âThat sounds perfect,â she interrupts him. âIâm good with anything. Promise.â She waits for him to unlock his front door. âDo you mind if I jump in the shower first?â
âNot at all,â he swings upon the door. âYou can just leave your stuff in the living room. Bathroom is the second door down the hall to the right.â
She quickly rummages through to grab her toiletry bag and her pajamas. âDo you have a towel I could borrow, by chance?â
âOf course. We have a bunch in the closet in there. Take any one you see.â She nods in thanks before heading to the bathroom.Â
After towling her hair dry and tossing on an UW Madison sweater on she stole at some point from Colette ages ago, she pads out. Jackâs in the kitchen, back towards her, humming as he squats to check on the veggies in the oven. Heâs changed out of his suit and has a Devils sweatshirt on now with gray sweatpants. His hair is damp from the shower he mustâve taken at the rink.Â
He catches her staring, but to her gratitude, doesnât say anything. She lifts up the bottle of wine she got from her bag. âI donât know if youâre allowed to have this during the season butâŚâ
âOne glass wonât hurt,â he grins. âThanks. You didnât have to.â
âYou invited me into your home,â she comes over to the kitchen and takes the bottle opener from his hands. âIâm not an animal.â
Dinner is simple, but itâs delicious, and in the last hours of the evening with dim lighting, both their voices are low. At some point, Luke comes out for a glass of water, entering and leaving in a flash with a salute. That should feel weird, but it doesnât. The not-quite-a-couple-yet couple catch each other up on their days and lives and Amelie feels a ball of warmth in her stomach.Â
Itâs as if the clinking of Jack washing dishes â he literally whacked her hands when she tried to help â brings her out of her reverie. She waits until heâs done and sitting next to her again before:
âHey Jack?â
In the middle of sipping his wine, Jack raises an eyebrow. He places his glass down and leans his elbows on the counter, giving her his full attention. âWhatâs up?â
She tries to stop fiddling with her hands, folding them on the counter. âAre-are you seeing anyone else?â
Silence, and then a soft, disbelieving, âWhat?â
Her mouth starts moving faster than her brain. âItâs not that I donât trust you. Nor would I blame you, to be honest. I mean, Iâm the one whoâs been moving so slow and setting the boundaries and the pace and like, I get it. But-â
âI havenât been seeing anyone else since we met.â
Her mouth snaps shut. âYou-â
âI havenât even been remotely interested in anyone else since I saw you and Suzie at the end of my driveway,â he says, eyes steadily staring into her, unflinchingly honest. âEven when you havenât been sure about me. Even though youâre still not sure about me. Even when we had our argument. My feelings havenât changed.â
Amelie suddenly feels ashamed. âOh.â
One side of his lips quirk up. âYeah. Have you been seeing anyone else?â Before she can control herself, she snorts. Jack pouts slightly. Itâs cute. âWhat?â
âI barely have time to see you. In what world would I be seeing anyone else?â
âHey,â he puts his hands up in defense. âI donât know what youâre doing when Iâm on the road.â
She shakes her head, staring down at her nails. âNope. No one else.â
âThen that settles it.â Something flashes through his eyes and he rounds the corner, hoisting himself to sit on the counter. His leg brushes her side. âIâm sorry for not making that clear.â
âIâm sorry for being psycho and possessive.â
He tuts softly. âYouâre not being either of those things.â
Her eyes glaze over, unfocused, as her mind takes her elsewhere. âIt took three months for Cooper and I to officially get together because he was still dating around after our first date. Which was fine. It really didnât bother me at the time. But-â
âYou donât have to explain yourself,â Jack assures. âBut no. Thereâs been no one else for me.â
She swallows, busying herself by pouring herself out a glass of water before coming to stand inbetween his legs. She leans her forehead on his chest because she doesnât wanna look at him when she asks her next question. âHow much did Ethan tell you?â
âAbout Cooper?â
âYeah.â
âEnough.â She picks her head up as he lightly rubs circles on her wrist.Â
âDid he tell you why we broke up?â
âNot directly,â he leans his forehead on hers momentarily. âIâd like to hear your answer to that though, if youâd be willing.â
She squeezes her eyes shut, and chokes out, âHe got tired of me.â
âIâm sure he-â
âHe told me, word for word, that he got tired of me. Tired of waiting. For what? I have no fucking idea.â And fuck, itâs been well over a year since she blocked his number, but she canât recall the breakup out loud without a crack in her voice. âApparently heâd âwastedâ a year of his time on a relationship that had long run its course.â
âAnd had it?â Jack asks gently. âHad it run its course?â
âMaybe. But it wasnât fair to me that he didnât even give me a chance to fix it.â
He nods stiffly, before, âAbsolute jackass.â
âDefinitely,â she hoists herself up on the counter to sit next to him, careful to not spill any wine. âWhen we broke up, it wasnât like I didnât see it coming. Things were kinda rough for a month or so beforehand. But I didnât expect for it to hurt so much. I-I felt, just, really sad. Kinda betrayed. Pretty angry. I definitely didnât think it would fuck up my perspective on relationships as much as it did.â
âIâm sorry you had to go through that.â
She almost brushes off his apology, staring unfocused into his living room. âI wish I didnât feel this way. But when I met you, one of the first things I thought was that it wouldnât move past the summer because what was the point? You would get tired of me eventually.â She squeezes her eyes shut. âI know that sounds ridiculous and whiny and itâs not true, but itâs hard for my brain to believe that. If I wasnât enough for Cooper when we were in school and just dealt with that schedule, what would happen between you and I with our schedules and careers? Thatâs ultimately why I shut you down in the summer, I think. But also, fuck, Cooper was kinda an ass.â
He cuts in with a loud snort, âClearly.â
She whacks his shoulder lightly, before letting out a sigh. âYou know, he showed up at a party I was at a week later with another girl.â
âYeah. Ethan mentioned that.â
âRight. It was a hockey party.â She squeezes her eyes shut, as if that will erase her memory. âI donât know if youâve ever felt like this, but I felt like I wanted to crawl out of my skin and also scream my lungs out and lock myself in the bathroom and never come out. It kinda fucking sucks seeing a guy you thought you loved and loved you suddenly just throw it all away like it meant nothing. Because if he could do that so easily, whoâs to say the next one wonât?â She downs the last of her wine, sighing deeply. âIâm working on remembering that I want to be in a relationship and I deserve it, but itâs really hard. I donât blame you if you donât wanna stick around as Iâm trying to figure it out.â
Jack hops off the counter, this time stepping between her legs. She bites her lip in anticipation as he takes her hands and intertwines them, looking her dead in the eye. âAmelie. I really, really like you. Like, I-still-get-nervous-for-a-second-before-I-see-you like you. Or, I-canât-believe-youâre-even-giving-me-a-chance like you. Iâm here. I want to be here. As long as youâll let me hang around, I will. You donât have to be afraid to be honest with me about where youâre at. I wonât ever hold that against you.â
âBut-â
âStaying, right? Your favorite Lizzy McAlpine song?â
She tilts her head in confusion. âYeah?â
âI listened to it.â
âOkay?â
âIf youâre afraid that Iâm gonna just leave when my feelings suddenly disappear, which they wonât, Iâm not going to do that. Iâm not Cooper, okay? Iâm not gonna fuck around for a month before deciding if you mean something to me, because I know what you mean to me. And I want to be here when youâre trying to figure it out. When weâre trying to figure it out, to be honest. You think I know how to be in a relationship?â He laughs at himself. âIâm bound to fuck it up somehow, probably many times, but Iâm not just gonna leave when I do. Iâm sticking around. Iâll stay and figure it out with you to the point where youâll probably find me annoying. Iâm not just gonna leave when things get hard.â
âBut how can you promise that?â
He shrugs with a wry and somewhat defeated smile. âI canât, I guess. You just have to trust my word.â
And to Amelie, weirdly enough, thatâs the answer she was looking for. Cooper made so many empty promises. Jackâs unabashedly unsure of everything yet isnât leaving her in the dark.Â
She squeezes his hands. âI trust you.â
His swallow is visible. âYeah?â He rasps out.
âYeah.â
âThatâs good to hear.â
âIâm sorry if that hasnât come across.â
He shrugs, planting his hands on either side of her on the counter. âDonât be. Part of the gig, isnât it? Earning your trust. And Iâm having the best time.â
She scoffs. âItâs not annoying?â
His signature charming smile is back as he lets out a breathy laugh. âI donât know if you really understand the effect you have on me.â
She wants to kiss him so bad. She doesnât, nudging him away so she can hop off the counter. âYou tired?â
âArenât I always?â
âYou choose what we watch,â she says, poking his shoulder.
He brightens up. âCuddles?â
She rolls her eyes, but opens her arms when she collapses on the couch. Jack doesnât hesitate to wrap his arms around her waist, humming in satisfaction.Â
(At 1:26 a.m. Clementine walks into the living room to see the sight of both Jack and Amelie asleep on the couch, his arm securely around her waist so she doesnât fall off, their feet both dangling off the edge. She quietly clicks off the TV, adjusts the blanket so it covers both their bodies completely and takes their empty glasses to bring to the kitchen.Â
She takes a second to watch them â in a non-creepy way at all â from the dimly lit kitchen. Amelie and Jackâs chest rise and fall in unison and even when Amelie adjusts herself, Jackâs arm tightens on instinct to keep them from falling.Â
Clementine smiles to herself before tiptoeing to her bedroom)
~*~*~
jack
Jack doesnât like feeling out of his element. And when it comes to Amelie, he feels like he has no fucking clue what heâs doing, even if he fakes it well. So thatâs great.
He gets to the rink, and thatâs old hat. Many things have changed, but at the end of the day, itâs still hockey. Blades to the ice is a feeling as natural as walking.Â
But now, knowing that some games, Amelie is more or less watching. It doesnât distract him perse, but he definitely takes note, trying to subtly find her when heâs on the bench. Itâs become a fun game for him. Sometimes, her red ribbon is easy to find. Sometimes, he thinks sheâs hiding from him.Â
For Jack, not putting a label has been a bit difficult, because heâs always been the kind of person who needs to categorize things in some way, more for his own brain than anything. But at the same time, it also doesnât matter to him that theyâre not official. To him, they are, and thatâs how he approaches all his actions. The dating apps from his phone are long gone. When heâs not thinking about hockey, heâs thinking about her. Heâs trying not to be too overbearing while also not letting Amelie even question the possibility of him not being all in.Â
When he was crying in his bedroom back home in Michigan, this seemed so far out of his reach. But now Amelieâs here (her apartment is only a few miles away, even) and heâd be damn stupid if he let this go.Â
Heâs never been in a relationship â or whatever this is â where coordinating both their schedules has been both a blessing and a curse. A blessing because not only does she understand, but their schedules overlap a good amount. A curse because her schedule is so unique covering many teams and even if heâs free, it doesnât mean she is and vice versa. Theyâre only a few weeks into the season and itâs already becoming hard to find a few hours in their days to go do something.Â
Everything is at her pace. He wants to be sure that she knows that he takes that seriously and heâs not going to leave or get frustrated.Â
When Amelie said that she wanted to meet Clementine, Jack practically immediately darted for his phone, asking when the resident would have some free time. Sheâs been almost surprisingly chill about it all, not asking that much and only bringing it up if Jack brings it up first. Which, if he thinks about it more, makes complete sense to who calm, collected, older sister and beloved-by-all Clementine Sandoval is.Â
So that leads them to today, grabbing brunch in Hoboken on a Sunday morning with himself, Amelie, Clementine, Luke and Nico. Jack had asked Amelie if she wanted the latter two there or not, and she said she was okay with it. Jack hopes it brings Amelie more ease to have Nico and Luke around rather than stress.Â
Jackâs leg is shaking and Luke is in the backseat as they sit in the car outside Amelieâs apartment. Luke shoves Jackâs shoulder. âDude, stop shaking your leg. Youâre stressing me out.â
âSorry,â he responds automatically.Â
âYou know Clemmy. She doesnât have a mean bone in her body.â
âI know.â
âAmelieâs scared?â
âI donât think so. I donât know. I just want them to get along.â
âTheyâll get along,â Luke says matter-of-factly. âItâs Clemmy. And itâs Amelie. And me and Cap are there. How bad could it go?â
Jack just sighs. Itâs not going to go badly. It wonât.Â
Honestly, it canât.Â
Itâs that heâs always felt that Clementine brings out the best version of himself and sheâs one of the biggest parts of his life. If thereâs an inkling of this not going well, he doesn't know what heâs going to do.Â
âChill, man,â Luke says as Amelie floats through the front door. Jack is momentarily mesmerized by her maroon scarf and the white bow in her hair as she spots him, paddling over to his car. Sheâs about to go in the backseat, but Luke gestures to her through the window to take the front.
âHi,â she breathes out, slipping in and shutting the door. She turns around to face Luke. âYou didnât have to leave me the front.â
âI wasnât in the mood to hear Jackâs bitching and moaning,â Luke deadpans, a small smile peeking through as Amelie chuckles.Â
Jack is about to shoot something back at his brother but then Amelie reaches over to squeeze his hand. He immediately relaxes. âWell, step on it,â Amelie jokes lightly. âWe donât wanna be late.â
âYou look really nice,â Jack says, pulling out onto the road.Â
âThanks,â she responds quietly. âYou do too. You too, Luke.â
âThank you,â Luke sings. Jack isnât looking at him but he knows that half-smile smirk thing that drives Jack bonkers is on Lukeâs lips.Â
âYou excited?â Jack asks.Â
Amelie coughs. âIâm scared as shit.â Luke snorts in the back. Amelie doesnât even look as she whacks his knee. Jack knew he liked her for a reason. âNo, Iâll be fine. I just want her to like me, thatâs all.â
âShe will,â Jack assures.Â
They donât talk much the rest of the ride, Amelie singing softly under her breath. He realizes that everytime theyâre in a car together, Amelie has to sing, almost like she canât control herself. Itâs so endearing.Â
Jack sees Clementine through the window of the restaurant in the middle of laughing at something Nico is saying. He internally rolls her eyes. Theyâre so gross. He flashes one last reassuring smile at Amelie before he leads them in, Luke holding the door for all three of them.Â
Clementine sees the trio come in immediately and grins. âHi Jacky.â
He narrows his eyes. âHello.â
âChill out,â she says. âHey Lukey. And Amelie!â Clementine stands up, engulfing her in a hug. Jack canât see Amelieâs face. âItâs so nice to meet you finally! Iâve heard so much about you.â
âItâs nice to meet you too,â Amelie says, pulling away with a small smile. âHi Nico.â
The captain just smiles at her warmly. âHey Amelie.â
âHave you guys ordered yet?â Jack asks as they all sit down.Â
Clementine snorts. âNo. We were waiting for your slow ass.â
âI am right on time, actually,â Jack snaps back.
Clementine ignores him, turning to Amelie instead. Immediately, the older girl just launches into questions. Itâs a borderline interrogation and Jack can tell Amelie is a bit thrown off but she takes it all with grace paired with the most beautiful smile. By the time they order, Clementineâs already talking about how much of a pain it is to live with him and Luke and how much she wishes she didnât and everyones jumping at each other as Nico just sits back and laughs and Jack hopes and hopes that this isnât too much for Amelie. Heâs seen her quietly work a room full of hockey players, but this is his family.Â
(When their food comes, he takes her hand underneath the table and squeezes it. Without a passing beat, she squeezes right back, as she asks Clementine about her time at Stanford)
At one point, the two women are still riffing seamlessly off each other (making fun of him, thank you very much), and Luke snorts. âAre you just going to take this? Fight back, dude.â
âDonât,â Nico says wearily. âNo point. You know this.â
Jack grunts, because Nicoâs right. He rolls his eyes as Clementine shoots him a smug grin, but he feels himself soften hearing Amelieâs chuckle.Â
This could be his life. This is his life. Almost all his favorite people in the same place. He doesnât get this peace that often in New Jersey. Especially not during the season.Â
Amelie fits like a puzzle piece perfectly into his life. How lucky is he?
Clementine has a night shift and apologizes for it (âI should probably nap before or else Iâll be dead on my feetâ), to which all of them decide itâs a good time as any to leave. Theyâve already been talking for almost two hours, which has to be a good sign, right? Jack gives Clementine a kiss on the cheek, hugs Nico and messes up Lukeâs hair, staring fondly as Amelie gives Clementine, Nico and Luke parting hugs. He catches Nicoâs knowing look that heâs been on the end of many times before, usually hockey related.Â
As he starts the engine of his car, Amelie deeply sighs to him. Immediately, heâs alert. âYou okay? Was that too much?â
She shakes her head adamantly. âNo, not at all.â She must sense his worry, because she continues with a laugh. âIt was actually really fun.â
âYeah?â
âYeah,â she leans her head on the window, looking towards him. âI see why you talk so highly of her. Clementine, I mean. Sheâs really cool.â
âIsnât she the best?â Jack grins.Â
âShe mentioned her dad a few times?â Amelie prods gently. âDid something happen?â
Jack swallows. âI never told you?â
âI donât think so?â
âOh. I thought I did. Uh, her dad, Miguel, died back in 2015. New Yearâs Day. Cancer.â
He sneaks a look at Amelie and she looks heartbroken. âIâm so sorry, Jack,â she whispers.Â
He continues on. He needs her to get it. âI miss him a lot. Constantly. He was the best guy. And Cleeâs just..I love her so much. And Maeve, her mom. My mom, to some degree. I donât know where Iâd be without them.â
âThat mustâve been really hard, for all of you,â she says softly.
âHe never got to see any of us in the NHL,â Jack says. Heâs trying to stay calm, but heâs gripping the wheel really tightly. âHell, he never even got to see us in the NTDP. Or Q and Lukey at Michigan. He should be here. He wouldâve loved all of it. But yeah, thatâs Miguel.â
âSheâs wonderful,â Amelie says after a few moments of silence. âEven just from that lunch, itâs obvious how much you all care about each other.â
âItâs hard to describe it, to be honest,â he says. âI think some people think at first that itâs something that itâs not. Iâve never seen her as anything but a sister.â
âIâm really glad you have someone like that,â she says, sounding somewhere between happy and sad. âAnd Iâm sure she feels the same way.â
Jack chuckles. âI donât know if she would. Most of the time I think we annoy her more than anything.â
âAnnoying is 90% of what being a sibling is,â she points out. âChar and Col and I all love each other, but we annoyed the crap out of each other growing up.â
âYou miss them?â
âAll the time, and I saw Col a few weeks ago.â she tucks her legs up underneath her chin. âI think missing someone or something is all a part of it. You ever miss people even though theyâre metaphorically right there? Or you havenât had enough time to miss them yet?â
He sneaks another look at her and he feels his heart beating faster.
âAll the time.â
~*~*~
amelie
Amelie and Kennedy are hanging out in the kitchen area when out of the corner of the eye, she sees Jack come in.Â
Itâs not unusual for players to come into the kitchen area of their own practice facility. But heâs beelining right towards the trio, which has Amelieâs arm hairs sticking up.Â
âHey Jack,â Kennedy greets warmly.
He nods with a close lipped smile. âDynamic duo. How are you both?â
Kennedy raises an eyebrow. âDream duo?â
âThatâs how Josh refers to you two.â Amelie tuts as the other two laugh. Jack turns to her with an unmistakable twinkle in his eye. âWhat?â
Amelie shrugs. âNothing. Just funny that Josh even refers to us at all.â
âItâs because we brighten his day,â Kennedy smirks. âWhat would he do without us?â
âWithout you,â Amelie corrects with a wry smile. âIâm not here everyday.â
âYouâre here enough,â Kennedy shoots back. She turns to Jack, and Amelie is immediately intrigued yet scared to hear what comes out of the older girlâs mouth, always the one to stir the pot in a harmless way. âSick goal last night.â
Jack blinks. âThe one that got called back?â
âThe very one.â
Amelie bursts out laughing and Jack lets out a chuckle as well. âThanks, I think,â he says.Â
âGot some cool shots of it actually, but alas.â
âAlas, indeed.â Jack then turns his attention to Amelie. She canât help but let a smile peek out. âI donât think I saw you last night.â
âThatâs because I was in Philly. They needed someone last minute.â
Jack pouts. âBut what if the Devils need you?â
She rolls her eyes. âThen they have Kenny. And numerous other talented people on call.â
He nudges her elbow. âI know. We like having you around though.â
Amelie purposefully ignores her friends / coworkersâ eyes that she can feel boring into the side of her face, choosing to instead focus directly on Jack. âDo you know whoâs been looking for you all morning?â
His eyebrows furrow. âWho?â
âEmma.â
âShit,â he curses. âFor what?â
Kennedy rolls her eyes. âA Tik-Tok, probably. Thatâs what the kids are doing these days. Youâre a kid. Shouldnât you know?â
âYouâre like, only three years older than me, Ken.â Jack protests. âI donât wanna hear it.â
âShe was in the media room last night I saw her,â Amelie smirks. âGo. Before she kills you. Or us. And I donât wanna deal with that.â
He narrows his eyes. âFine,â he swipes the unopened gatorade on the table, to which Amelie sputters at. That was hers, thank you very much. âIâll see you two later.â
When heâs out of eyesight, Amelie lets out a deep sigh. âAnnoying ass.â
âI have to agree, and Iâve been here for years. They all are though. Except for like, Nico.â
Amelie snorts. âWell, yeah. Thatâs a given. Everyone loves Nico.â
âJack is right about one thing though,â the older girl nudges Amelieâs shoulder with her own. âWe miss you when youâre not here.â
She just smiles, accepting a side hug from Kennedy. Itâs a pretty damn good gig she has.Â
~*~*~
jack
Itâs no surprise that hockey players are creatures of habit.Â
Jack is starting to freak himself in his willingness to break slowly from some of his habits for Amelie. Nothing crazy. Just an extra scoop of ice cream if Amelieâs craving something sweet after a game (heâs learned that she has a really strong sweet tooth and always has candy in her bag and car) or making sure that her texts and calls can come through during his pre-game nap.Â
Only seven other people have that privilege. His parents, his brothers, his sister (Clementine), his second mom (Maeve) and his captain.Â
Heâs always liked to stay silent and blast music on the way home from a game, win or lose. Now heâs started asking Amelie more and more to see if she wants a ride, since she doesnât love driving and often carpools with a coworker into work. They donât have to be talking, but letting her into his post game routine so seamlessly â especially since he and Luke donât usually drive to the rink together that much â is something he hasnât done forâŚanyone.
Itâs just so easy with her. Their conversations, whether over text, phone or in-person, are never stale. She makes him laugh daily with her witty sense of humor. He always looks forward to catching a glimpse of her at the rink before a game or after a practice. Heâs come to look forward to seeing her texts after a game since theyâre usually a picture or two of him that she âthinks are the best ones.â Leaving on a road trip has become genuinely harder because he canât see her for a few days.Â
He finds himself wanting. Constantly. Itâs a newer feeling for him.Â
Sometimes, it feels scary. Especially since he hasnât really gotten a direct answer from her yet about what she wants this to be. But theyâre basically dating without the title.Â
He would like an answer at some point though. But itâs not stopping him from doing all heâs doing already. Or feeling all heâs feeling already.
Theyâre playing the Habs at home tonight, and heâs feeling good, driving into the arena now to prepare. Last night, he had Cole over for dinner and it felt like old times. They had an optional skate this morning where most of the team was present. He likes where the team is at and heâs confident about what he needs to work on in his individual game.
Walking in, he says hi to the guys, dodges a classic slap to the head from Curtis and goes to the medical room to stretch out. As heâs stretching out his calf, he spots Josh wandering through the hallway. He makes direct eye contact with Jack and comes into the room.Â
âJack, hey.â
Jack smiles easily. âWhat can I do for you, Josh?â
âHave you seen Amelie? I have one of her cameras and I need to give it back to her before the game starts.â
âUh, no.â Jack smirks slightly. He has an idea of where this might go. Heâll play. âWhy would I know where she is?â
Josh blinks. âYou two are always around each other.â
Jack tilts his head to the side, feigning innocence. âAre we?â
âSeems like it.â
âWell, no,â Jack grins. âI donât know where she is.â
âYou looking for me?â The two guys whip their heads to the doorway to see Amelie. Sheâs wearing a denim jacket over a simple black shirt., brown boots on her feet. The classic red ribbon is in her hair and Jack wants to kiss her so bad.Â
But he just nods. âJust in time.â
Josh looks to Amelie. âYour camera.â
She lights up, taking it from his hands. âOh, right. What did you think?â
âItâs sick,â Josh admits. âI might have to add it onto my list.â
âYeah, I saved up for that baby for two years,â Amelie laughs. âWorth it though.â
âVery worth it. Thank you for letting me borrow it. See you out there,â Josh turns to salute to Jack. âGood luck.â
âThanks, Josh.â And then itâs just the two of them. âHi. You look nice.â
âThanks.â She bites her lip, making sure no one is coming down the hallway. âDoes he know?â
Jack raises his eyebrows in amusement. âKnow what?â
âAbout us?â
âWeâre an us?â
She gives him an unamused look. âJack.â
âIâm kidding,â he watches as she walks to where he is, looking up at her from where heâs sitting. âI donât think so, to be honest. Heâs a bit-â
âUnobservant,â Amelie concludes with a laugh. âYeah, heâs a killer photographer. Has a great eye. But with everything else?â She lowers her voice. âActually, I was gonna ask and Iâm really sorry, but could you give me a ride home later? I rode with Kenny because she wanted to try this bagel place and and we just came straight here-â
âOf course,â Jack assures. âItâs not a problem at all. Ever.â
She snorts. âYeah. Sure. I am out of your way, you know?â
âI love driving you home,â Jack admits fully with his chest. âI donât mind it at all.â
âOkay, thanks,â she backs away. âIâll see you out there?â
âAs always,â he says, a smile still on his face as she walks out of his sight.Â
âŚ..
Theyâre in his car after the game, a comfortable silence between them sans Amelie humming along to some heâs vaguely heard before, when things change.Â
âI told one of my college friends earlier today that you were my boyfriend.â
Jack almost slams on the breaks. âYou did?â
âYeah.â
Suddenly, he feels like heâs missing something. He looks over to her as he rolls his car to a stop in front of a light. âIs this your way of asking?â
She shrugs, but the streetlights expose the slight smile on her face. âMaybe. Is that bad?â
Despite himself, he laughs. âItâs definitely not what I expected.â
âI mean,â he thinks he hears her voice shake for the first time heâs known her as he pulls up to the front of her apartment complex, killing the engine. âWe basically are anyways, arenât we? And honestly, I-I think Iâm ready. If youâre still interested.â
He wants to shake her silly because sheâs being so ridiculous. He snorts. âIf Iâm still interested? Of course Iâm still interested.â
âGood,â she breathes out. âGreat. I, uh, yeah.âÂ
âYeah?â He repeats softly, afraid that this bubble will pop unexpectedly when he wants to scream happily from the rooftop. âIâm yours?âÂ
âIâm really annoying,â she warns with a swallow. âIâm trying not to be. But I am. This is your last chance to back out. I donât know if I know how to be a good girlfriend.â
Jack knows thatâs not true and, frankly, doesnât care. âIâm yours,â he rushes out. A firm statement this time. âHowever long you want me, Iâm yours.âÂ
âOkay.âÂ
He lets out a breathy chuckle. âOkay? Can I kiss you?âÂ
She pouts slightly. âDonât one up me like that. I didnât ask the first time.âÂ
He blinks before a full fledged grin takes over his face. âYou remember planting one on me in your grandparentsâ kitchen?âÂ
âI remember everything that involves you.âÂ
Jack lunches forward to cup her cheeks and kisses her. Amelie responds immediately. He canât believe this is happening.
They eventually pull apart and he watches her eyes open slowly as he rubs her cheeks with his thumbs. Her light grip on his wrists is the only thing keeping him tethered.Â
âWhy havenât you kissed me since weâve been in Jersey?â She asks, tilting her head to the side.Â
âBecause I didnât know if youâd want me to,âÂ
She visibly deflates. Jack quickly kisses her forehead lightly. He doesnât wanna see her like that. âItâs late. Iâll let you go.âÂ
âOkay,â she says softly, grabbing her backpack. âGoodnight. Text me when youâre home safe.âÂ
And oh. Isnât that lovely? âOf course. Goodnight, baby.âÂ
The second he sees Amelie walk into her building, he dials Quinnâs number. He picks up on the fourth ring as Jack starts driving.Â
âHello?â
âDude.â
âWhat?â Jack hears rustling on his older brotherâs end. He presumes Quinn is lounging around on his couch, freedom present in his off day.
Jack drums his fingers on the wheel, waiting for the light. âI think I have a girlfriend.â
Silence, before Quinn lets out a quiet snort. âAmelie finally say yes?â
âHey,â Jack protests. âYouâre making it sound like Iâve been begging her, which I havenât, because thatâs a dick move.â
âSo what happened?â
âShe said she was catching up with one of her old friends on the phone and slipped up and called me her boyfriend then we got to talking and she was like, okay.â
âThatâs it?â
âYeah.â
âAnd this happened, just now?â
âLiterally less than a minute ago.â
Quinn chuckles. âGood on you both, dude. About time.â
âIs it supposed to feel like this?â Jack says with a swallow. âIs it too soon to feel like this?â
âLike what?â
âLike I wanna spend the rest of my life with her?â
Silence. And then a crackly, âShit, youâre serious?âÂ
âDonât be an ass,â Jack scowls.Â
âIâm not trying to be,â Quinn says. âIâm just, holy shit. You really like her.âÂ
Jack lets out a deep breath. âYeah, I do.âÂ
âClem told me she met her the other week.âÂ
âYeah.âÂ
âWhat did Amelie think?âÂ
âShe told me Clee was great. What did Clee say?â
âIâm not saying.â
âAss.â
âYou love me,â Quinn shoots back. âSo now what?â
Jack blinks, cracking his neck. âI try not to fuck it up, I guess.â
âYouâre not gonna fuck it up, dude.â
âYou donât know that.â
âYouâre not gonna fuck it up,â Quinn repeats. âIâm serious. Especially not this.â
âIâve done it once. I could do it again.â
âBut you wonât. And if you do, it wonât fall to pieces. Because you wonât let it.â
Jack takes a shaky breath. He hasnât felt anxiety this severe since the moments before he went in for surgery earlier this year. âIâm terrified.â
âThen talk to her,â Quinn says. âIâm sure sheâd appreciate knowing that, to be honest. And also, I would bet money that sheâs just as, if not more, scared than you are.Â
âNah,â Jack brushes his brother off. âSheâs so calm about this all compared to me.â
âOr sheâs better at faking it,â Quinn points out. âSheâs awesome, Jack, And youâre not so bad either. Donât overthink it so much. Enjoy it. This is what youâve wanted for months.â
âYeah,â Jack responds, nodding to himself. âYeah. Youâre right.â
âI know. I gotta make dinner, so Iâll call you later, yeah?â
âYeah.â
âYouâre good?â
âIâm perfect.â
Quinn chuckles. âGood. Congratulations, dude. Sheâs awesome. Canât wait to see her when we come to play you guys.â
âThanks, man. Love you. Talk later.â
âLove you, Jack. Bye.â
When Jack pulls into his garage, he takes a deep breath. He kills the engine, reaches for his phone and swipes through to Amelieâs texts she sent just a minute ago.Â
Itâs a photo of him at the faceoff dot from earlier. But itâs the text underneath that has Jack grinning uncontrollably.Â
Amelie FishelÂ
2830.jpeg
now youâre gonna get endless photos of yourself all the time !!
Jack Hughes
i donât mind in the slightestÂ
goodnight. sleep wellÂ
Amelie Fishel
youâre home safe!
â¤ď¸đ¤
see you tomorrow
~*~*~
amelie
A fun part of the job that she didnât expect has been seeing the familiar faces around the league that sheâs known before. As in, the people she overlapped with at Michigan. Thereâs a lot of them.Â
By now, she knows who wears what number for the teams she covers. Sheâs not required to know the rosters of the opposing team, but she likes to pair numbers with faces and names as much as she can. Itâs become a fun game for her too.
It just proves to her that this world is so incredibly small. For better or worse.Â
Currently, the Devils are in the midst of their game against the Sharks and all she can think is: damn, the Sharks jerseys are pretty.Â
The teal of it all is tickling the color theory part of Amelieâs brain so well. She wishes the teams she covered were more original in color.Â
As Amelieâs sifting quickly through the photos she took during the second period on her new camera, she stops at a picture of two teal jerseys celebrating their goal. Number 2 and number 71. She quickly double checks on Google. Yup. She was right. Will Smith and Macklin Celebrini
Amelieâs always been good with names. Macklinâs stuck with her after working the draft. And Willâs is just so iconic.Â
She checks the time. She still has 7 minutes left before the third period starts. Quickly, she connects the camera to the laptop and then the printer, printing out two copies of the same picture. She reminds herself after the game to venture towards the visitorsâ locker room as soon as she can before the Sharks leave. Maybe grab Bordeleau to make it easier. Hopefully he remembers her.Â
Once the buzzer sounds, she pats her pocket, making sure the two photos are there. She briefly thinks of a game plan, deciding to give it at least 15 minutes so she doesnât interrupt the locker room. She hangs out in an alcove where she knows from prior experience that she can hear the visitingâs teams general coming and goings. In the meantime, she pulls up her laptop to edit some photos.Â
As luck would have it, she sees a glimpse of Thomas and now sheâs on a mission. In a brisk jog, she catches up to him and taps him on the shoulder.
He turns around and his face lights up in recognition. âAmelie? Holy shit.â
She smiles. âHey Bords.â
âI thought I saw on Instagram that youâre working in the NHL now,â he gives her a quick hug. âThatâs awesome. Congratulations.â
âThank you.â
âWhat can I do for you?â
âYeah. Listen, I know you guys are probably heading out pretty soon, but do you mind grabbing either Celebrini or Smith or both of them for me?â At his initial confusion, she pulls out the photos. âThought they might want a copy.â
He nods with a small smirk. âYeah, Iâll grab them. Be right back.â Not even a two minutes later, Thomas comes back with Macklin and Will both in tow, all back in their game day suits, though much less refined than sheâs sure they were walking in.Â
She puts on her professional smile, sticking her hand out. âHi. Iâm Amelie. Uh, Iâm a photographer with the NHL,â she hands the rookies the photos. âI took this in the second period and I figured maybe youâd want a copy? No charge. Just keep a bit hush about that.â
Macklin takes the photos as Will looks over his shoulder. âThese are sick. Thank you so much.â
âYouâre so welcome.â
âHow do you know Bordy?â Will asks.
âWe went to college together,â she replies.Â
âMichigan?â She nods. Will continues. âYou must know Rutger and Shea then. And Luke. Unless you didnât overlap?â
Amelie laughs. âOh, I know them very well. I was Rutâs TA. He loved that.âÂ
âItâs beautiful there,â Macklin says. âI train there in the summers now and itâs so nice.â
Right. He trains with Jack. Go figure. âIt is,â she reminisces, trying not to get too emotional about what home means to her in a literal and metaphorical sense.Â
âDo you work for the Devils now?â Thomas asks.Â
âKinda,â Amelie says, redoing her hair and aimlessly retying her bow. âI cover the Devils and Flyers mainly, but Rangers and Islanders as well. I technically work with the NHL rather than a specific team.â
âHave we met?â Macklin asks with an innocent tilt of his head.Â
âMaybe?â She says. âI was at the draft. So possibly in passing. And maybe if you came to Yost? I canât remember what year BU came to play in Michigan.â
âI never did at BU,â Macklin says. âBut the draft makes sense.â
She backs away. âI wonât keep you for long so-ah!â She crashes into someone and whips around to see Jack, one side of his lips quirked up.Â
âWatch where youâre going,â he says with a playful tilt.Â
âWhat are you doing here?â She shoots back.
âJosh was looking for you, actually, and I just saw you out here.â
She looks down at her feet, because deep down, she knows itâs because he was purposefully looking for her. But she doesnât mind the vagueness, especially in front of Thomas, Macklin and Will.
Jack does some sort of bro handshake with all three of them, paired with a friendly nod. âWhatâs up?â
Macklin grins. âAmelie here took a picture of me and Will and wanted to give it to us.â
Jack leans over to look at the picture and lets out a small chuckle. âYeah, thatâs a keeper.â
Amelie gives a parting smile. âIt was nice to meet you both, and good to see you again, Bords.â
âThank you for the picture,â Will says sincerely. âYou didnât have to do that.â
Amelie just shrugs, accepting a quick hug from Thomas before backing away and letting Jack say his parting words.Â
When he faces her directly, his back towards his fellow hockey players, in his Devils sweatshirt and his wet hair fresh from the shower, she swallows.Â
Heâs hers. Isnât that great?
âHi,â she says softly when he gets in earshot.Â
âHey,â he says. She wants to kiss him so bad. âDid you drive here today?â
âNo. I carpooled with Kenny. Is she still in there?â
âIâm not sure,â he says. âHow much longer you need?â
She hums, hands automatically fiddling with the camera around her neck. âMaybe 20 minutes?â
âI can drive you home.â
âYou sure?â She whispers. âI donât wanna keep you. Iâm sure youâre tired.â
âBeing here for 20 extra wonât hurt me,â they stop before parting to different hallways. âIâll come knock on your door in a bit, yeah?â
âYeah,â she nods with a small smile. âSee you.â
(As the three Sharks watch Jack and Amelie walk away, they all notice how Jackâs hand doesnât quite touch Amelieâs, but itâs damn close. And their bodies are tuned to each other in a way that goes beyond mere coworkers.
Macklin blinks. âItâs none of my business, but are they-â
âYup,â Thomas responds. âI follow her on Instagram. Theyâre definitely dating.â
âHuh,â Will comments. âThatâs kinda cute. The sports photographer and the player. Think Grace made me watch a movie like that once.â
âSheâs great,â Thomas says with a nostalgic tilt in his voice. âWe were both freshmen at the same time and I just, I donât know. Itâs awesome to see where sheâs ended up.â
âDid you ever predict that she and Jack-â
Thomas snorts. âNo. Absolutely not. Not any hockey player, to be honest. She was just always on the quieter end and seemed way too smart for any of us, because she is. But sheâs, just, so great.â
The two rookies hum, watching as the couple turns the corner out of view.)
~*~*~
amelie
They finally, finally go on that Manhattan date, on a brief break where Jack doesnât have any games and a day that Amelie is also free. The con is that he doesnât tell her what theyâre doing, only says âtrust meâ and âwear something you can walk in and be warm in and is a little fancy but not too much.âÂ
She appreciates it, she does. And Jack elicits nothing but comfort and ease, especially since their conversation a week and a half ago. So she is trying to be at ease with the lack of knowing the plans. But by the time Jack knocks on her door a little bit after 2 p.m., sheâs been dressed for over an hour, pacing around for almost the same amount of time.Â
She whips open the door and smiles, momentarily taken aback. âHi.â
He laughs a bit, eyes sparkling. He has a canvas jacket tossed over a plain black t-shirt and black jeans. He looks clean and fresh and so cute. âHi. Ready to go?â
âMmhm.â
He waits for her to grab her bag and jacket, before interlacing their fingers and kissing their locked hands. âYou look pretty.âÂ
She tucks herself into his side, feeling giddy. âThanks. Youâre sweet.â
âIâm glad weâre finally able to do this.â
âI am too, but I think youâre a bit crazy for wanting to drive into the city.â
Jack shrugs. âItâs not too bad. Nico does it all the time with Clee. Iâve picked her up from the hospital before. As long as you donât mind possible traffic. Besides, want you to be comfortable.â
She just looks at him, marveling at how much he really likes her. She wishes she was used to this feeling. Not wanting to dwell outwardly on that right now, she changes the subject. âWhat are we doing?âÂ
âWhat do you mean? You know what weâre doing.âÂ
âI know that you asked me if I knew of any places to eat in the city for a late lunch or dessert,â she deadpans as they get into his car. âI know you have more up your sleeve.âÂ
He grins. âMaybe I do. Maybe I donât.â
âJack-â
His hand rests on her thigh and he squeezes lightly. âHey. I got it, okay? Just worry about having a good time.â
She sinks back into her seat, shooting him a glare. He laughs and she softens. âFine. Sorry. I didnât mean to sound snippy.â
âNo need to be sorry,â he responds easily. âHow was your day yesterday?â
They talk the whole time it takes for them to get into Manhattan. As always, Amelieâs on the aux. She hasnât told Jack yet, but sheâs started making a playlist of songs that sheâs played that heâs noted that he likes or seems to bop his head to. Jack parks in a garage attached to a hotel in Soho, right by the sushi place that Amelie suggested per Colette. (âYouâve met my brothers. When do I get to meet your sisters?â Jack had joked. And the thought of that didnât terrify Amelie as much as she thought it would.â) He doesnât even give her the chance when the check comes, snatching it away despite Amelie very much verbally disagreeing.Â
He waves her off, as he signs. âAmelie. No. Donât worry about it.â
âIâm getting the next one,â she says adamantly.Â
âWeâll see,â he says.Â
âJack.â
âWeâll see,â he repeats with a smirk. âReady to go?â
She grabs her bag and jacket. âTo where, exactly?â
âYouâll see. Weâre hopping on the train.â
She lets him lead, even leaning her forehead against his chest on the train when itâs packed. They ride mostly in silence as she takes in the city. This isnât even close to her first time in Manhattan, but itâs always a bit overwhelming. Jackâs steady presence calms her down, especially when the train jolts and he automatically steadies her.Â
When they get off at the 42nd Street station, Amelie has an inkling she knows where this is heading. She gives Jack a look, but he just holds her hand firmly in his as they exit the busy station.Â
âAre you taking me to a show?â
He turns from where he was walking slightly in front of her with a smile. âBusted.â
She feels her heart dropping down to her feet. âJack.â
âWell, hold on,â he jokes. âYou donât know what show yet.â Sheâs still in a daze, because sheâs maybe only mentioned in passing how much she loves Broadway and musical theater and sheâs trying to wrap her head around the fact that he remembered enough to incorporate into their first date. Tickets arenât cheap, especially with-
âJack,â she says as they glide to a stop in front of Richard Rodgers Theater. âNo. You didnât.â
He grins, exaggeratedly gesturing at the âHamiltonâ billboard. âI did. I donât know much about Broadway, but even I know Hamilton is supposed to be a great show.â Amelieâs so incredibly touched as she continues staring at Jack in disbelief. People are walking by them in a blur and all she can focus on is his smile, that slowly turns unsure the longer she stays silent. âI also did reach out to Charlotte on Instagram after I saw she followed me and asked if you would like this.â
Thatâs a loaded sentence. âY-you asked my sister?â She sputters out.Â
âWell, yeah,â Jack shrugs sheepishly. âI wanted to make sure it was a good idea.â
âThis is too much,â she finally chokes out.
âBut in a good way?â
âI-Iâve always dreamed of seeing Hamilton live.â
âDope,â he holds out his hand with an easy smile. âCome on. Letâs go in.â
She looks at him, takes a deep breath and intertwines their hands.Â
#k writes#hockey fanfic#hockey writing#hockey fic#nhl#nhl writing#nhl fic#nhl fanfic#hockey blurb#nhl blurb#jack hughes x oc#jack hughes x ofc#jack hughes#new jersey devils#luke hughes#reckless driving au#jack hughes fic#jack hughes writing#jack hughes fanfiction
85 notes
¡
View notes
Text
My domestic poolverine hcs
warnings: logan stabs wade (ofc) and a sprinkle of profanity
A/N: i wanna do a part 2 to this but i have no ideasđ if yall have any ideas lmk đ also this is barely proofread and my excuse is that iâm a busy college student
- It took a month for Logan to get used to his new home. It was Althea, Wade ofc, Mary puppins and himself. Full house.
- Logan stayed on the couch that whole first month because Wade and Althea had taken both the rooms already. Some nights he had Mary puppins lay on the couch with him.
- Eventually, Wade and Logan started sharing his bed after Wade begged logan for weeks and days
-Both of them would unconsciously fight over the sheets and bed space over night
- They also would deal with each otherâs nightmares :(
- Also Logan snoresâŚ.LOUD.
- Logan didnât admit it but it was nice to sleep next to someone that wasnât a dog or some random person he was fucking. Just someone he could really trust for once. Who had his back and best interest in mind.
- Wade was the cook until Logan showed up
- The first day Logan tried Wadeâs cooking he was just like âNope nope nopeâ and got up and showed Wade how to really cook
- Another wolverine secret, He was damn good cook
- Ofc, due to the 200 years of living blah blah blah
- So now Logan cooks just about everything for everyone
- Althea was happy she didnât have to deal with Wadeâs horrible food anymore and Wade was happy he had a little house wife that would cook for him when he got off work
- Just kiddingâŚokay maybeâŚ..
- Mary puppins also took some getting used to too
- She would bark and bark and whine for nicepool sometimes
- Wade did his best to comfort her but it wasnât the same and nothing worked. Not the bones or new toys or silly outfits he bought her.. just nothing
- Logan, however, was okish with dogs so he knew to just let her and make little cooing noises to soothe her
- Wade damn near melted at the sightâŚit was sooooooo cute! He got Althea to take a picture one day for him while he was at work
- âIf you hear Logan calming Mary puppins down again take a picture for me, okay? Very important! Are you listening?â
- Althea was half awake since it was morning before Wade went to work but was just like, okay whatever bye
- The picture was crooked and logan and the dog were barely in the frame.
- It still went on the fridge though!
- And many more pictures on the fridge likeâŚ
- Logan sleeping with a permanent marker mustache on his face!
- Andddd Family game night !
- And a crayon picture of Wade, Althea, Logan and Mary puppins
- There weâre also polaroids all over the house of little moments like this and also Laura when she came over
- Wade was really digging this new family thing and so was Logan he just was never gonna say it
- Pranks were also frequent
- Logan Howlett did not do pranks. Not before the x-men, during or after. So his reactions of course were way funnier.
- One was the use of random airhorns by Wade and Althea in the middle of the night, one by each of Loganâs ears as he slept. Logan jumped out of bed slashing the air angrily with his claws, swearing like they were the only words he knew. Althea was a bit more scared than Wade but still found it funny.
- Logan stabbed Wade multiple times after that.
- Another prank was Wade pulling one of those âfake news of the end of the world announcements on tvâ things where he got a fake video of a government announcement saying the world was ending and because Logan barely understood technology he fully believed it and was wide eyed and quiet
- Once he started pacing with his arms on his hips Wade could barely keep a straight face
- Finally a super serious and stressed Logan goes, âYou think this is fucking funny, mouth?!â
- Wade died.
- He never laughed this hard in his life. He almost ran out of air and his sides actually hurt a bit but of course healed quickly.
- Logan still didnât get it just crossed his arms in confusion. When Althea told him Wade pranked him yet again, he threw Wade through the wall and Wade fell to the bottom floor. Ouch. But so worth it.
- When Wade came back upstairs Logan cussed him out but Canadian style because he was that mad which killed him again and he just fell back down somehow
- Random tickle fights would happen but not a lot because when Wade got to Logan he would get stabbed as Logan laughed uncontrollably
- Althea would also hate it but would laugh at least in the beginning and then start hitting wade in the face when she had enough
- Only mary puppins liked it and thatâs cause she thought she was getting pets
- Laundry day was also interesting
- Wade barely did laundry on the account of working and âfighting crimeâ and also because he hated doing chores
- Althea couldnât see so even when she tried to fold clothes theyâd be sloppy and put in the wrong places and just no
- So logan had to step up for that too
- And surprise surprise things would be folded so neat and clean
- Sometimes though when laundry day approached but clothes were running low the two men would just share clothes
- Never boxers even if Wade insisted over and over and over
- But shirts most of the time
- So sometimes Loganâs just in a ridiculous shirt of Wadeâs
- Sometimes itâs the one with the words âtwo seaterâ with the arrows pointing up and down
- Sometimes itâs a pink shirt that is like too tight?
- They also share pants, socks and pajama pants but though they each only have like 5 pair of each cause yknowâŚmen..
- But all of the silliness and randomness that is moving in with Wade Wilson aside, Logan adjusted nicely, loving his new home and family â¤ď¸
#poolverine#poolverine headcannons#poolvertober#poolverine has taken over my every waking thought#wade wilson#logan howlett#poolverine fluff#deadpool and wolverine#deadpool 3#worst wolverine#dogpool#sheâs in this one too#i love these guys#so much#so so much#justevelynnnn
71 notes
¡
View notes
Note
hey! could you do jouno hcs please?
AHHHH ABSOLUTELY. ty for the ask!!
Jouno Saigiku x Reader Headcanons!
a/nâ sadistic characters make my brain go brrrr
contentâ jouno calls reader âdarlingâ, possessive bf jouno, gets kinda deep for no reason in the casual hcs, jouno is a meanie, mirror sex, jealous sex, temperature play, incorrect use of ice and wax, p in v, slight voyeurism(?), markings, and i think thatâs it! lmk if i missed anything!!
synopsisâ cute little headcanons with jouno in the sections of casual, relationship, and nsfw!!
đđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđ
casual headcanons
fear of heights. up high in the air is the one space where he canât hear much besides the wind and smells everything that wafts his way; he just feels vulnerable while up high.
cooking master. when you have to deal with tecchou and his disgusting mixtures all day, youâd want to make yourself some homemade comfort food too
can play the piano like a GOD. it was one of his many passions before he lost his sight, and even afterwards he never stopped.
secretly loves being around the other hunting dogs. when heâs alone he canât see or hear.
^^^he gets scared of being trapped inside his own mind due to this
he dreams of having a world where everyone can exist in peace with the hunting dogs protecting the city
was an only child
loves listening to teruko and tachiharas banter because he never got to experience something close to siblings fighting before
can speak at least two languages but no more than four
very much an early bird
amazing chess player, literally so strategic *cue mastermind by taylor swift*
likes bitter tastes more than awfully sweet tastes
loves puzzles, he just enjoys feeling around and using his intellectual skills and heightened senses to put them together
likes loud rock music more than what others assume he would like(he actually hates classical music. he finds it boring.)
runs hot like a damn oven
đđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđ
relationship headcanons
meanie!!!!
jouno is literally as if satan made a special person to just make your life as difficult as possible.
jouno loves you because of your mind
youâre just as charismatic as he is and he enjoys how you two can just communicate without words. him with your heart rate and breathing pattern and you with his facial and body movements đŤśđź
even if heâs a meanie , jouno still enjoys coming home and cuddling with you
will he initiate it?
absolutely not.
until he was in a relationship with you, jouno never realized how much he enjoyed another persons touch
jouno will make your life with him a living hell though, make no mistake
like i said; he runs hot and makes it everyoneâs problem
you two can simply be laying in bed like normal civilized people, but if you mention youâre hot? heâs grabbing your waist pulling you closer to your furnace of a boyfriend.
â get off of me! â
â you donât wanna cuddle with me, darling? â
jouno isnât someone who will talk about your relationship at work or with anyone heâs not comfortable with
so when he first tells tecchou about you? he shocks himself
he definitely accidentally told you he loved you first
â yeah, yeah. love you too. â heâd said after you called him annoying
or something like that
your meanie boyfriend just loves you so muchđŤśđź
đđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđđ
nsfw headcanons
like i said guys; jouno is M-E-A-N
man is a grade 1 tease
literally a power top!!
he loves just hearing your heartbeat pick up when heâs fucking youđŤśđź
and the sounds? man could bust just off of them.
like i said; he runs hot, so temperature play is one of his favorite things
he loves hearing your gasps when he pours hot wax on your body, always careful not to hurt you
he absolutely is obsessed with your whines when he runs ice around your tits, making your cute little nipples hardđŤśđź
you think you can make him jealous and he wouldnât teach you a lesson? tough luck.
you could just be talking to tecchou or tachihara, but if he hears your heartbeat pick up or hear the slightest change in your tone? be ready to not walk for weeks
heâll take you home and make sure you know who you belong to
MIRROR SEXđđ
obviously he canât see, but sometimes if youâre bad enough, heâll make you describe what you look like to himâ and if you stutter? heâll slow down until youâre begging for him to hurry up and ruin you
he would never ever share you with anyone. youâre his and heâs yours
heâs definitely more of a receiver of head more than a giver, he just loves hearing your cute little moans while youâre choking on his cockđŤśđź
will make you play with yourself in front of him if youâve been just a little too naughty
if heâs on an away mission heâll call you and will jerk off to the sound of your voice
loves marking you with hickeys
your neck, thighs, and tummy covered every time after he fucks you.
jouno just needs everyone to know that he owns youâ¤ď¸
he makes me giggle, sorry if these arenât great i rushed them just a bit!!
likes, comments, and reblogs are appreciated!! thank you sm for this ask!
#â
¡ airybcbyy#airy posts#airy answers asks :)#airy writes for bsd#airy writes for bungo stray dogs#airy writes for jounoâď¸#jouno saigiku#jouno smut#jouno fluff#bsd jouno#jouno bungo stray dogs#jouno bsd#bungo stray dogs jouno#jouno x reader#jouno headcanons#bungou stray dogs#bsd x reader#bsd#bungo stray dogs x reader#jouno saigiku x reader#jouno x reader smut#jouno saigiku x reader smut#smut#bsd smut#bsd fluff
450 notes
¡
View notes
Text
moonlight - psh (m)
this work contains smut - minors please do not interact pairing. dancer!sunghoon x fem!reader synopsis. In August 1963, your monotonous summer vacation becomes a lot more exciting when you meet a group of dancers that work as the entertainment staff of the resort you and your family are staying at. Your fascination with them, and particularly dancers and close friends Sunghoon and Chaewon, pushes you to help them out by taking Chaewon's place at another hotel's show when she's unable to dance. The week you spend with Sunghoon as he teaches you to dance and the events thereafter give you a lot more than the ability to mambo. genre. dirty dancing au, strangers to lovers, summer au, poor boy x rich girl trope, the Big 3 (fluff angst n smut) word count. 32.2k a/n. it's finally here !!! i've been working on this for a while so i hope you guys will like it, please lmk what u think ur feedback is super important to me !!! if you've seen dirty dancing you'll see that this is like.. a complete copy of the movie lmaooo i'm sorry i didn't wanna stray from the plot cz i love it 2 much <//3 i'll make a posting schedule shortly after this so you guys can see which of my old works i'll be reposting and all that :)) enjoy !! also thanks to @ozymandia-s for betareading this u deserve the world and u made this fic a thousand times better <333 and yep thats a compliment from me to u so u better treasure it fr.
Itâs the summer of 1963, everybody calls you Baby, and it hasnât occurred to you to mind. Youâre 18, have plans to change the world, and are sure there isnât a better man than your father.
After years of being too busy to leave work for over a week, your father has finally retired, and you can all go on a long, well-deserved summer break. Like most people your age, your dream vacation would be to backpack through Europe or Asia, discovering the wonders the world has to offer, meeting people from all walks of life and eating all sorts of foreign delicacies. But your parents wish for something more laid-back, so, on the first Sunday of August, after a six-hour drive, you get out of the car at Kellermanâs, a summer resort that belongs to your fatherâs old friend. You are to spend the rest of the month here, until the last day of the season.
The resort is truly a sight to behold. Even though itâs only four floors high, the main building is downright massive in terms of how much space it occupies. You can imagine the many rooms it must hold, such as the different restaurants and their respective kitchens, the ballroom and other leisure rooms, the stage for various shows, and some offices and apartments where the highest members of staff reside. Tables are scattered all across the front lawn, mainly older ladies and gentlemen sitting at them, drinking lemonade, playing cards, gossiping. You can make out a golf course and a small pond from afar, as well as the back lawn where youâre told most of the activities take place. Such activities include the outdoor dancing lessons, which your mother and sister Seeun want to get to immediately.
Max, your fatherâs friend, greets you as soon as you arrive as if heâs been waiting for you. Amused, you watch as they clasp each otherâs hand before coming into an embrace, giving three hard but friendly pats to the otherâs back. âSo glad to finally have you here, Doc,â Max says earnestly. âI promise you, one week here and youâll feel like youâve never worked a day in your life, thatâs how relaxed youâll be.â Your father laughs and nods, and you turn your attention away when they start talking about work, and how lifeâs been, and how your daughters have grown, and other things you donât care much for.Â
You notice that a member of staff has begun to unload your numerous bags from the trunk, about half of which are your sisterâs (âSee, Mommy, I told you I shouldâve brought those coral heels!â you hear her complain), and start helping him out. He turns to you with a smile as you haul a suitcase onto the trolley.
âHey, thanks a lot! You looking for a job here?â he jokes, making you smile.
âJust wanted to help out, but Iâll let you know. Iâm Baby, by the way.â
âBaby? Is that your real name?â he asks with an amused expression and a quizzical tilt to his head.
âNo, but itâs what everyone calls me,â you beam back.
âAlright then, Baby. Iâm Jake.â He wipes some sweat from his forehead with the back of his hand before extending it to you, and you take it, shaking it enthusiastically.Â
Your conversation stops there when your father calls out your name, motioning for you to follow him and your mother and sister. âCome, Baby, let the staff do their work.â You give Jake an apologetic smile and wave him goodbye, but he simply shrugs and turns away, seemingly used to this kind of dismissal from guests.
âSee you around, Baby,â you hear him say as you start to walk away.
-
Seeun only gives you a few minutes to settle into your shared room and unpack your suitcase before she practically drags you outside, eager to get to the dance class in time. Your older sister absolutely loves dancing. No matter where or with who, if thereâs music, sheâll start moving.Â
You, on the other hand, have two left feet, which doesnât make dancing such a fun activity. You like it, but always feel you look like a fool. As for dancing with a partner, the intimacy that comes with it is too much for you, and isnât something you particularly want to share with boys you barely know, nevermind complete strangers, like the people at the merengue class your sister is making you rush to.Â
It takes place in the gazebo, which is wide enough to host about thirty guests and the instructor, who introduces herself as Chaewon. You try to follow her â1, 2, 1, 2â as best you can but itâs hard to focus on the rhythm when you have to avoid being stepped on by the lady to your left and stepping on the man to your right. Everything around you is turned upside down when she cheerfully calls out, âLetâs get into a circle! Gents on the outside, ladies on the inside! Câmon now!â
You manage to make your way into the inner circle, holding onto the hips of the woman in front of you, and finally start to sway to the rhythm a bit more. âCome on ladies! God wouldnât have given you this body if he didnât want you to shake it!â Chaewon shouts enthusiastically, emphasizing on the âshakeâ with a movement of her own.
âOn the count of three,â she calls out, âladies, youâll turn around, and meet the man of your dreams! 1, 2, 3!â
You find yourself face to face with a grandma that had ended up in the gentsâ circle and force on your best smile as you dance with her. She looks delighted, but that expression might just be stuck on her face permanently.
The class comes to an end and the afternoon with it, and you leave the bungalow while everyone gets ready for dinner, yelling out that youâre going to look around as you close the door behind you. Itâs the early evening and the sun has just started to set, but not enough for the gentle breeze to be too cold. The small, round bushes and colorful flowers that line the pebbled path from the bungalows to the main building have been expertly tended to; there isnât a stray weed, nor branch that hasnât been cut properly nor a wilting plant. Itâs all so perfect, it almost looks fake. Yet, when you bend down to feel a petal, itâs soft under your fingertips and very much real.
You walk on the porch that surrounds the main building until you reach the outside entrance to the restaurant. Maxâs booming voice catches your attention and youâre able to peek through the ajar door, making sure you canât be seen from where you stand. Your fatherâs friend sits at a table while the waiters stand in a half-circle in front of him, hands locked behind them and heads slightly bowed.
âTonightâs the start of the second half of the season, so Iâll use this opportunity to set a little reminder. Youâre here because I chose you lot from the most prestigious schools in the country and you need some financial help, correct?â He doesnât wait for an answer. âSo do your job, and do it well. And if you want extra compensation, the gents here may be very generous if you show their daughters a good time and keep their wives happy. But no funny business, you keep your hands off. Got it?â
A quiet flurry of yeses is heard throughout the room just as a group of young people stride in, the sight of them piquing your interest. Theyâre wearing much more fitted and fashionable clothes compared to the waitersâ simple white vests and trousers, and carry themselves with a confidence youâve only seen in celebrities and important people. The man that leads them particularly catches your attention: slicked-back hair, useless sunglasses now that the sun has set, all-black clothes, too much leather for the summer weather and the prettiest face you think youâve ever seen to top it all off. He looks like an off-duty movie star.
âYou hear that, boys? No funny business,â he says with a smirk to the group behind him, and they chuckle in response, eyeing the waiters up and down. They work at the same establishment, but they seem to be from two totally different worlds, you notice.
âI think youâre the one who should keep that in mind,â one of the waiters says just as the group passes by him, just loud enough for the other guy to hear. He reacts immediately to the taunt, spinning around and pointing a threatening finger to the waiterâs chest.Â
âAnd I think you should heed your own advice, you jackass,â he spits, unfiltered venom in his voice. The waiter only smirks condescendingly, as if proud his remark had struck a nerve.
âAlright, alright, calm down, Sunghoon, and lay off of Heeseung. Youâre booked and busy this week, and your whole entertainment team has work to do, okay?â Max says, tone stern as if telling a child off.
Sunghoon takes a step back but doesnât look away from Heeseung as he scoffs a simple whatever. He then pivots back around and leads his team out of the room. You decide youâve seen enough and turn around yourself, heading back to your familyâs bungalow with quick steps.
Barely half an hour later, youâre back at the restaurant. The tables have all been set, the candles have been lit, a band is playing soft jazz in the corner, and the waiters are taking care of the guestsâ orders and keeping them content. Youâve just sat down when Max himself approaches, introducing your waiter for tonight to your table. You try not to let your astonishment show when you instantly recognise him as the one who had had that scuff with Sunghoon earlier.
âDoc, this is Heeseung Lee, and heâll take care of you tonight,â he addresses your father, a paternal hand around Heeseungâs shoulder. âHeâs a third year med student at Harvard and has been working here every summer for the past three years. A very reliable and hardworking young man.â You feel like youâre being sold a car, but your father just smiles and nods approvingly at Heeseung.
âItâs a pleasure to meet you, Heeseung,â your father greets, holding out a hand for the young man to shake.
âThe pleasureâs all mine, Doctor,â Heeseung responds, a most dazzling smile on his lips. If you hadnât seen him earlier, you wouldnât believe that this smile could turn snarky and patronizing.
âThis is my wife, our eldest Seeun and our youngest Y/N, but we all call her Baby. Sheâs going to change the world,â your father introduces, beaming proudly at you.
âYeah, and Seeunâs going to decorate it,â you say, turning to your sister. A bit unprovoked, perhaps, but this is just the way you and your sister have always been. You smile and tilt your head innocently as she glares at you.
âI think she already does,â Heeseung says, your eyebrow raising up in surprise as your sister looks down at her hands, the sudden compliment making her blush.
âAlright, Heeseung, go get these folks our best champagne. On the house!â Max exclaims, beaming at your parents.
âYes, sir,â Heeseung says, bowing his head slightly to Max and your table before shooting your sister a smile and walking off.Â
âOh, and hereâs someone else I want to introduce to you - Jay, come here! Thatâs my grandson Jay. Yale Business School,â Max says emphatically. Jay approaches your table quickly, a somewhat self-assured yet awkward smile on his face. He greets your parents and sister with a nod of his head until his eyes settle on you. âThis is Baby, I was telling you about her earlier. Sheâs going to study at Yale too, and her dad says sheâll change the world!â
Jayâs lips form a pout, the kind of pout one makes when watching kittens play or a child running to his mother, as if he finds your ambitions endearing. Used to this kind of reaction from men, you raise your eyebrows and a small smile spreads on your face as if to say, âyep, thatâs me.â
âHow nice, Baby. But before you go off and do that, how about you save me a dance? Tomorrow night at the ball?â he offers, and the urge to kick him in the balls is hard to resist, but resist you must.
âOf course she will!â your father answers for you, and you have no choice but to put on your best fake smile, but none of the three men seem to see through it. If your mother and sister notice how annoyed you are, they donât say anything. Knowing them, they probably think youâre being unreasonable if youâre not already throwing yourself at such an obviously intelligent and respectable young man.
Thatâs how you find yourself the next day, hands stiffly clasped behind Jayâs neck and his own on the sides of your waist, dancing with him to a slow-paced but lighthearted live song, although dancing might be an overstatement as itâs impossible to find a proper rhythm with someone as clumsy as him. You never thought youâd meet a worse dancer than you, but here you were. You have to keep yourself from snorting everytime he winces or tuts when you âaccidentallyâ step on his foot, and you make sure to leave ample room between the two of you for the Holy Spirit.
Most of the dance is spent in awkward silence, probably due to the fact that Jayâs gaze, one that is perhaps meant to be seductive but only comes off as creepy, seems to linger on you for too long and too many times. When a pair of kids spins right by you, looking far more talented and serious in their dancing than the two of you, Jay seems to think he needs to step up his game and tightens his grip on your waist. Although you try to disguise it as best you can, the action makes you look up at him in alarm, and you have to stop yourself from visibly flinching when he bends down to say something in your ear although the music isnât that loud.
âSo, Yale, huh? What are you going to study? Design?â
âUm, Environmental Studies and Politics, actually. Iâm particularly interested in how underdeveloped countries work and how we can change things there for the better, rather than making things worse,â you correct him, slightly raising your voice so he can hear you from where youâre standing.Â
Jay is visibly taken aback by your detailed response, and all he can do is nod. âRight, right, thatâs-â
To no oneâs disappointment, you never find out what Jay was going to say next because right then, the music suddenly picks up and one of the musicians announces âSunghoon and Chaewon of the Entertainment Team for a mambo demonstrationâ into his mic. Your ears perk up at the sound of those two vaguely familiar names, and you quickly recognise Sunghoon as the leather-clad man from earlier and Chaewon as the merengue class instructor from yesterday. Heâs now wearing a black suit jacket and matching trousers with a tight white button-up, the clothes fitting him perfectly and making the muscles underneath them appear when the light hits him just right. On her is one of the most beautiful dresses youâve ever seen, the red fringed fabric draping over her body like it was created for her, her toned upper back and arms on display.
The crowd of guests quickly forms a circle around the couple, giving them enough space to put on their show, and everyone, including you, is immediately enthralled by their performance. Youâre mesmerized by how elegant and energetic at once their dance is, the smiles on their faces unfaltering and their legs and arms forming perfect lines at all times. Their posture is proud and their gazes are always fixed on each other even as they spin around, somehow never getting dizzy. They move in perfect synchronization as one entity rather than two separate people simply dancing together, and even though it is probably due to an impressive amount of practice, you canât help but find that their chemistry is what makes them so fascinating. When he lifts her into the air, itâs with so little effort that she looks like she weighs no more than a feather. There is not a step out of place, and youâre reminded of those impeccable bushes and flowers from the day before. It makes you wonder how it is possible for two people to look so perfect together, and if that perfection is only superficial or not.
âWho are they?â you ask Jay, your curiosity about them greater than your aversion to talking to him.
From the corner of your eye, you see him looking surprised by your question before he leans in and answers. âSunghoon Park and Chaewon Kim. Theyâre part of the dance people. Here to keep the guests happy and entertained.â He sighs, crossing his arms over his chest and tilting his head in discontentment. âThey shouldnât be showing off with each other like that, it wonât sell lessons. Iâll need to have a talk with them later.â
You barely register Jayâs words after heâs answered your question, your attention focused back on the dancers in front of you. On the other side of the room, you spot Max frowning at them and marching towards them. As soon as Sunghoon and Chaewon notice him, he waves them off and they separate, choosing a guest as their new partner to dance with, which you assume is their way of doing a taster session.
Jay drags you off to sit at a table and for the better part of an hour, you let him bore your ears off as he tells you either things he canât fathom youâd already know even though you do, or things you couldnât care any less about. Itâs such a shame that a man with that handsome a face and that charming a smile would have the stalest of personalities, yet deem himself the most interesting man to walk the Earth. You nod and hum when youâre supposed to, and thatâs all he needs to think youâre listening intently, when really you canât stop thinking about the dancers you just saw, and even steal glances at them still dancing with some guests mere meters away from you. All you want to do is get up and get Sunghoonâs, or even Chaewonâs attention so they could show you how to move like them - just touching their shoulder or waist would be thrilling. But when you catch your motherâs eye a few tables away and she beams at you, two thumbs up in the air, you know you need to stay planted in your chair.
Thankfully, the amount of guests in the room starts to dwindle, and you use this dip in the evening to run off, telling Jay itâs getting late and you need to get back to your bungalow. You donât let him try to convince you to stay back, and grab your purse, excitedly waving goodbye at him. Heâs probably confused, but youâre too giddy at the prospect of finally leaving to care.Â
You were on your way to the bungalow, you really were - but just as you reach it, light from a tall lodge about five hundred meters away catches your attention, and youâre too curious about the building you hadnât noticed before not to investigate. So you continue walking up the small hill where all the guest lodgings rest until you find yourself before a sign that reads âSTAFF QUARTERS - GUESTS KEEP OUT,â which you promptly decide to ignore.
In just a minute, a wooden bridge reveals itself, enabling you to cross over the current that separates you from the other bank, where the lodge stands. If you looked to your right, you couldâve made out some more, smaller and dingier-looking bungalows than the guestsâ that hosted the staff behind all those trees, but you run into a familiar face before you can take notice of them.
âHey! I recognize you. Baby, right?â
âYeah, and youâre Jake!â you beam, surprised not only by seeing him again here, but by the three huge watermelons he carries in his arms like oversized newborn triplets.Â
âYeahâŚâ he trails, squinting his eyes at you, his enthusiasm turning into suspicion. âYou canât be here. Max would kill me. Go back to the dance, Baby.â He can only take a few steps forward before you grab a watermelon from his unsteady hold, putting your most convincing smile on.
âIâll help you carry these!â you state rather than offer, and march forwards across the bridge. Behind you, Jake sighs and shakes his head, then rushes to stop you in your tracks.
âDidnât you read the sign? This area is staff only, you canât be here,â he repeats, punctuating his words. He stays unwavering even at the receiving end of your very menacing glare, so you simply huff and stack the watermelon back on top of the other two and turn away. It takes him approximately two seconds to change his mind. âCan you keep a secret?â
Jake doesnât prepare you for what youâre about to see when you enter the staff common lodge, but you donât think anything could. The smell of a room full of people sweating and moving about hits you instantly, the heat it creates hanging heavy in the air. The breeze coming in through the open windows is practically useless in bringing the temperature down, but you arenât curious to find out what itâd be like with the windows closed.
The music, a genre your father always bristles at when he hears it on the radio, is now blasting in your ears rather than whistling through the wind, and it takes you a few moments to adjust to the volume and intensity of the bass and drums bouncing off the walls of the room. The guitar sound is sensual and almost yearning, the singer longs for his lover, and the tempo is just fast enough for the dancers to find a swaying rhythm.
As if the lyrics themselves arenât enough to make you blush, the way the staff dances makes you feel like youâre intruding on something. You try to look away as a couple thrusts their hips into each otherâs, only to find another lowering themselves to the group until theyâre crouching then slowly rising again, using each other as support the whole time. Skirts bunched up around hips, shirts almost fully unbuttoned or even discarded, hands grabbing onto the partnerâs clothes or bare skin - youâve never seen anyone dance that way. Far from the choreographed performances youâre used to, here, theyâre simply letting their bodies move to the music without any second thoughts or a care in the world. You hadnât even known this could be considered dancing, but surely, when your body molds itself this perfectly to the melody and your partnerâs hands, then you can only be dancing.Â
Watermelon in arms, you follow Jake as he snakes his way to the back of the room through sweaty bodies holding each other close. You recognise a few people here and there as the entertainment staff who host activities, teach dance classes or help guests find their way around. They peer back at you, expressions either confused or disdainful - you arenât sure whether thatâs because they donât know who you are, or because they do and donât like seeing you there. Even if they donât know that youâre Baby, your dress at least is a dead giveaway of your being a guest. Your mom had picked it out for you - a white sleeveless summer dress that reaches almost to your knees and cinches in at the waist before flowing out over your hips. And no cleavage, of course. Along with your impeccably curled and styled hair, your prim and proper attire is a far cry from the short skirts, tight t-shirts and denim that the staff wears, revealing sunkissed skin and toned muscles. And if all of that still isnât enough to tell you apart, then your wide eyes like a kid seeing fireworks for the first time should do it.
You finally reach the back of the room and set your watermelon on a bar counter. Jake rests his hands on his hips and watches the dancers, a smile on his face, the kind of smile you wear when you can never get enough of a sight even though you witness it everyday. You watch them too, but you must look a mix of fascinated and terrified - sure, they all look terrific, but if your dad caught you here, youâd be dead.
âWhereâd they learn to do that?â you lean in to ask Jake as the next song starts playing, your gaze not leaving the dancers who adjust easily to the more upbeat tempo.
He looks at you, stunned. âDonât you know? This is how the kids dance these days. This is what American basements look like on Friday nights.â His surprise turns into amusement and he steps in front of you, one hand extended for you to take and a mischievous look on his face. âWanna try?â
Your eyes immediately double in size and you shake your hands in front of you, but he grabs one of them anyway and starts leading you back into the middle of the room. Youâre saved by the doors suddenly bursting open, catching everyoneâs attention. In run Sunghoon and Chaewon, wearing the same clothes from earlier, although Sunghoon has ditched the suit jacket and popped the top buttons of his shirt open. Your stomach flips at the sight of his flushed cheeks and hair slick with sweat.
Jake chuckles when he sees how transfixed you are by the two of them, dancing so differently from earlier, their moves far more sexual, hands not so polite anymore, completely free to do whatever they wish. Rather than a smile, Sunghoon wears a small frown and bites his bottom lip, deepening his dimples, and it all seems to make each of his moves that much harsher. The sheer sex appeal that he exudes is absolutely undeniable, and it makes you feel things youâve never felt before - things youâre not quite unsure how to name. You let out a small gasp as Chaewon jumps and hooks her legs around his hips effortlessly, then as she leans her upper body back until her head almost touches the ground. Sunghoonâs hands are tight around her waist and his biceps apparent under the thin fabric of his dress shirt. You realize how strong Sunghoon must be when he carries her all the way to his shoulders, letting her rest her knees there as she plays with her skirt and swings her head from side to side. Youâve never seen anyone look so good while having so much fun.
âThey look great together,â you blurt out without thinking.
âDonât they?â Jake says, looking out at them with a fond smile. âYouâd think they were a couple.â
This makes your head pivot towards Jake. âWell, arenât they?â
âNot since we were kids, no. Theyâve just been dancing together for so long that theyâve developed this- this chemistry and understanding of each other, I guess.âÂ
âDo you know them well?â
âSunghoonâs my best friend from home. He met Chaewon when he started working here when we were 16, and then he got me this job when we were 17. The three of us are 22 now.â He meets your gaze and his smile grows wider. âWhy, you interested?â
The sudden question (and the very obvious, very embarrassing answer) takes you aback and you stammer out a few nonsensical syllables before frowning at him. Your reaction just seems to amuse him. âNo, Iâm not. Just asking,â you manage to say.
He looks back at them, and you follow his gaze. âWell, good, cause weâre not allowed to get involved with the guests anyway. Which is why you shouldnât be here in the first place.â
Just then, the song ends and Sunghoon and Chaewon laugh before they separate, finding another partner to dance with. As Chaewon heads towards someone else, Sunghoon catches your stare and walks to where you and Jake stand, eyes fixed on your face. You feel small under his gaze, but you will your knees not to buckle underneath you, although thatâs hard to do when his eyes sweep your figure, giving you a once-over.
âWhatâs she doing here?â he questions Jake without looking away from you.
âThatâs Baby, she came with me,â Jake says, not really answering the question.
âI carried a watermelon,â you blurt, not really answering the question either, but that seems to satisfy Sunghoon. His eyebrows raise slightly before he heads back to the dancefloor and starts dancing again. You release a breath you hadnât known you were holding, but another one catches right in your throat when, after barely thirty seconds, he pivots back around as if there was still something he was curious about. His eyes stay focused on you, unreadable.
And then, he bows his head slightly, looks up at you through his eyebrows, raises his hand, and beckons you to him with his index finger. As if spellbound, your feet move on their own until you find yourself in front of him, his hands reaching immediately for your hips and holding on tight there. All the nerves in your body are on edge and your heartbeat speeds up, almost matching the fast tempo of the song resonating throughout the room. Simply remembering to breathe becomes an arduous task. Jakeâs voice is a faint sound as he says, âSo you go dance with him, but not me?â
This kind of dancing is completely unfamiliar to you, so you have no idea what to do. Thankfully, Sunghoon doesnât seem to expect anything else, and he knows how to guide you so that you get the gist of it. âKeep your eyes on me,â he commands quietly, gesturing with two fingers for your gaze to stay on his. âAnd move your hips in a circle, just like that,â he adds, executing the move for you to mirror. âJust relax, youâre too stiff. Relax your arms. Put them around my shoulders.â His hands brush down from your shoulders to your wrists, sending a trail of fire all along your arms, grabbing them and resting them on his shoulders himself before settling back on your waist. His arm snakes its way around it, bringing you closer to him. You arenât sure whatâs more electrifying, his gaze or his touch.
You start to focus on the music and on getting your body to move along to it, and it feels like a miracle when your hips, firmly pressed against his own, sway side-to-side in rhythm. Remembering what you saw earlier, you lean back slightly, hips still moving in small circles, trusting him to keep you from falling. You lean back as far as you can, and something about it is so liberating, you feel the adrenaline rushing through your body as if itâs the only thing keeping you alive. When you come back up, your palms are flat against his chest and he looks at you with a proud but surprised smirk that lits your insides up. âJust like that,â he whispers, but his face is close enough for you to hear him over the music.
He spins you around a few times, and as quickly as he appeared, heâs already gone, having weaved his way through the crowd back towards Jake. It takes you a few seconds to register his absence, but when it does, itâs like all the warmth he filled you with is gone; youâre left only with the heavy heat weighing the room down and you with it, when youâd felt light like air not a moment ago.
Before you can decide on what to do next, someone taps your shoulder, and you turn around to find Heeseung frowning down at you. In the fraction of a second, you can tell this is the snarky Heeseung that youâd seen when you were snooping around the day before rather than the polite Heeseung that had waited your table that night.
âBaby, right? I donât know what youâre doing here, but your sister and parents are looking all over for you. If I were you, Iâd go now, and quick.â
Alarm shoots through you as you realize youâd been here for twenty minutes at least, the sort of absence that wouldnât go unnoticed by your family this late at night. You thank him rapidly and practically run towards the door before risking a look back at Jake and Sunghoon, still standing in the corner of the room. Jake looks worried, so you send him a thumbs up, but Sunghoon simply peers at you, sipping on a beer as his back rests against the wall, that same unreadable look from before back on his face. You donât linger to figure it out and rush to your bungalow, coming up with an excuse that you got lost on your way back for your parents to believe. Because their Baby would never do anything she isnât supposed to, right?
That night, as you toss and turn in bed, trying to fall asleep, your mind wanders off to those warm, big hands firmly planted on your waist, and how they had guided your body until it moved on its own accord, until it let itself go and only followed the rhythm. How far can you go until your body no longer belongs to you but rather to the music, or to the person holding you close, you wonder? And if that happened, would you, for a moment at least, no matter how fleeting, be freed of all your worries for your future and of all the pressure on your shoulders?
Your feet already ache - from dancing or from wanting to dance some more, you canât quite tell.
-
Every year when August comes, it takes you by surprise how early the sun sets. Just as youâd gotten used to the sky still being fairly light by 10 p.m., it was already getting dark at nine. This is what you think about a few nights later as you look out at the dark sky, the bright full moon and the hundreds of stars lighting it up. Youâre standing next to the gazebo with your parents as you watch other guests dancing about; clearly, since youâre thinking about the state of the sky and the sun in the summer, youâre very entertained. Your sister has managed to become friends with some of the other guestsâ kids, as well as some of the staff, and has even formed a budding romance with Heeseung, which your parents have made it obvious they approve of. This means that she is excused of any activities she might not want to partake in, while you have to follow your parents everywhere.
Your gaze follows Sunghoon as he dances with an older woman, guiding her through the dance and teaching her a few steps. You canât help but frown slightly at his forced smile when she lets her hands wander a bit too far down his back, and you wonder why he doesnât say anything when he looks so obviously uncomfortable.
âYou see that woman over there?â you hear Max ask your father as he motions to the lady dancing with Sunghoon. âVivian Kim. We call women like her bungalow bunnies. Their husbands work all week and only come back on weekends. That dancer Park Sunghoon is pretty popular with them, if you know what I mean,â he comments with a dark chuckle. âBut I gotta pretend like I donât know any better, otherwise the wives are unhappy. And if the wives are unhappy, so are the husbands, and then I lose money.â
You daze out of the conversation when you see Jay approaching, his steps quick and headed directly towards Sunghoon. âWhereâs Chaewon?â he questions impatiently, taking no notice of Vivian, who seems to take no notice of him either and continues swaying her hips to the music.
âWhat do you mean whereâs Chaewon? Sheâs on a break, Chaewon needs a break,â Sunghoon bites back, tone just as harsh as Jayâs. That seems to shut Jay up, and he just squints at him before turning his head to where youâre standing. His whole demeanor changes instantly as he walks towards you, that smile one would reserve for children that he always looks at you with.
âHey Baby, wanna go on a walk?â he asks, but with the intent way your parents, Max and Jay himself are peering down at you, you know you donât have much of a choice.
You put on your best forced smile and take his extended hand. âSure, Jay.â
He takes you to a small wooden bridge that overpasses a small but feisty current. The walk there is fairly silent, which youâre thankful for, because itâs easier to pretend Jay isnât here when heâs not talking, but the fantasy is shattered everytime he sighs and hums contentedly. Itâs like he thinks spending five minutes without talking will make the world implode, and he has to make some kind of noise to keep the balance.
When you reach the bridge, you lean back against the rail, and he leans on his side, apparently so he can look at you better. âI love to watch your hair blow in the breeze,â he says after a few moments, and it takes everything in you to keep your laughter in at the sudden romanticism.
âYou know, not to brag,â he starts, and you know heâs about to say the most pretentious thing youâve ever heard, âbut around here, Iâm known as the catch of the county.â Heâs smiling, but you know heâs being fully serious. âI mean, it makes sense, doesnât it? Iâm handsome, parents love me, and I go to the best school in the country. People ask me, âwell, whatâs the difference between you and any other guy at Yale,â and I say, âfive hotels and a million-dollar inheritance!ââ He bursts laughing like heâs just made the funniest joke ever, although youâre not sure where the joke is. You chuckle awkwardly and nod, remembering your motherâs advice - when in doubt, just nod. Youâre not particularly in doubt, but youâre also not sure how to respond to such ostentatious self-praise.
To your great despair, Jay is about to open his mouth again, but a voice coming from the exit of the forest near you stops him in his tracks. âHeeseung, please, you have to help me with this-,â the voice says, and you recognize it quickly as Chaewonâs.
âI told you, itâs none of my damn business.â
âBut it is! Please!â she shouts back. He walks ahead of her and she tries to catch up to him, and just like that, theyâre already gone without having noticed you or Jay.
A hand placed delicately on your shoulder snaps you from your thoughts. You turn to Jay who has a sad look in his eyes and who sighs as if pained to say what he has to say next. âYou know, Baby, sometimes, in this world, youâll see things you donât want to see. And sometimes, you canât do anything about them. Itâs all part of growing up,â he finishes, his tone self-important like heâs just taught you a world of knowledge.Â
âYou hungry?â he suddenly adds, all cheery. âCâmon, eating something might take your mind off of this. We can go to the kitchens and get you anything youâd like.â
He indeed takes you to the restaurant kitchens, completely empty due to the late hour. He opens up a fridge, and even though he basically does, the way he acts like he owns the place makes you wince. âSo, what have we here? Some smoked salmon canapĂŠs, some ham sandwiches⌠ooh, brownies! What elseâŚâ he trails off, but your attention has been caught by something else.Â
You can hear someone snuffling somewhere in the room, and when you lean to the side to peer behind the wall, you can make out a female figure crouched down in the dark. Sheâs trembling from head-to-toe, and when she lifts her head to look at you, you recognize her as Chaewon. Youâve never seen anyone looking so scared.
Thinking quickly, you grab Jay by the shoulders, smiling at him as you say, âYou know what, I donât think Iâm actually that hungry, letâs just head back to the gazebo, yeah?â
For once, youâre the one who doesnât let him answer your question and you speed out of the kitchens and back to the gazebo. You find Jake immediately, rushing to him to tell him what you saw, and he in turn rushes to Sunghoon, who apologizes and drops his dancing partnerâs hand as soon as he hears whatâs going on. Ignoring Jayâs confused look, you run with them back to the kitchens, from which Chaewon hasnât moved an inch.
Sunghoon sits next to her, taking her in his arms and helping her up. âItâs okay, youâre okay, Iâm here now. Everythingâs fine. Letâs get you back to my room, okay? Itâll be quiet there,â he coos, getting her snuffles to calm down and her breath to steady itself.
Since none of them tell you to go back, you follow along, Chaewon in Sunghoonâs arms in front and you and Jake not too far behind. âWhatâs wrong with her?â you ask Jake quietly.
âSheâs pregnant.â
âJake!â Sunghoon calls out indignantly, sending him a look as if to warn him.
âWhat? Itâs not like sheâd tell anyone.â
âStill, itâs none of her business,â Sunghoon replies, glancing briefly at you.
âAnd whatâs he gonna do about it?â you canât help but ask. This makes Sunghoon pivot on his heel and Chaewon frowns at the sudden movement.
ââWhatâs he gonna do about it?ââ he repeats, venom in his voice. âOh of course, cause itâs my baby. Of course youâd assume that,â he practically spits at you. You try to stutter out a response, but nothing comes up. How could you not assume that, when youâve only seen him taking care of her like sheâs his responsibility?
You thought all staff lived in small bungalows, but the place you reach is more like a one-person studio. Sunghoon sits Chaewon down on a couch, covers her shoulders with a blanket and brings her a tall glass of water.
âSo, whose is it then?â you ask again, eyes darting back and forth between the three figures that stare back at you. Sunghoon starts towards you, an accusing finger out, but Chaewon stops him.
âItâs fine, Sunghoon.â She sighs then lifts her gaze to look at you. Her eyes seem drained, like her tears took everything out of her. âItâs Heeseungâs,â she answers plainly, and you think your eyes bulge out of your face. What youâd witnessed earlier starts to make more sense in your head.
Next to you, Jake looks like heâll explode if he has to keep in the words he wants to say any longer. âThat bastard Heeseung. She needs money to get an operation, and she needs it soon, but he doesnât give a shit,â Jake spits.
âBut, Heeseung, heâs got money, Iâm sure if you just ask him, heâll-â
âBaby? Is that your name?â Chaewon asks softly, interrupting you. âWell, you donât know shit about my problems, Baby,â she continues, her tone doing a 180. âYou donât think Iâve asked him? You donât think he knows?â
âBut-â
âGo back to your playpen, Baby,â she dismisses you, a finality to her tone. Sunghoon just glares at you while Jake shrugs, so you decide thereâs nothing you can do than leave, and head back to your bungalow, heart heavy, but determined to help Chaewon out. There has to be something you can do, you just know it.
-
The next day, you pretend to help Heeseung set the tables for the lunch service to have a talk with him. You waste no time starting your interrogation, not even greeting him before diving straight into it.
âI know about Chaewon, Heeseung. You need to help her out,â you say sternly, using a random water pitcher youâd found at the entrance to fill up crystal glasses.
âWell hello to you too, Baby,â he says with a sarcastically sweet tone. His fake smile drops when he sees you wonât play into his game. âI donât need to do anything,â he scoffs. âNot like itâs any of your business anyway.â
âHavenât you seen her? You canât leave her alone in a time like this, she needs your help. Even if itâs mostly financial help. Itâs the least you can do.â
âGirls like her, they get into trouble all the time, okay? Hey, watch what youâre doing!â he whisper-yells when water spills over one of the glasses, not wanting to rouse the suspicion of any of the diners around.
âYeah, because of guys like you,â you bite back, but he ignores you.
âShe was bound to get knocked up at some point, going around like that.â You follow as he moves on the next table.Â
âSo youâre not going to do anything? Just put her in a bad situation and then run away?â
He finally turns to face you, looking at you like heâs exasperated, like youâre the bad guy here. âThat girlâs not my problem, okay? She brought this upon herself.â
You take a step closer to him, a fakely sweet smile plastered on your lips. âYouâre a jerk, Heeseung. You stay away from me, stay away from my sister, or Iâll have you fired.â You then raise the jug of water up to his chest, and keep that same smile as you pour it on him before marching away, ignoring the gasps that echo all around the room and Heeseung as he yells at you to come back.
-
Your mom is struggling to get the ball in when you find your parents on one of the many golf courses. Your dad smiles as he sees you nearing them, asking you if everythingâs alright.
âDaddy.â
âBaby?â he answers, looking amused by your seriousness.
âYou know how you say I should always do my best to help out others when they need it?â
âOf course.â
âWell, Iâve got friends who need some help.â
âWhat kind of help?â he asks, slightly frowning as he realizes youâre not being serious for no reason.
You take a big breath in. âMoney.â You donât like asking your dad for money, but itâs the only solution youâve come up with.
âAnd just how much money?â
âThree hundred dollars?â you say, your sentence coming out like a question as you slightly wince in apprehension.
Your father sighs. âThatâs a serious amount of money, Baby. This isnât anything illegal, is it?â he adds after a beat, taking you aback. Is this illegal? If it is, your father doesnât need to know it.
âNo, no, of course not, Daddy,â you say, trying your best at a reassuring smile. It seems to work, because his expression softens and he smiles back.
âOf course not,â he repeats, âI should know that.â He takes you in his arms. âIâll have the money ready for you tonight.â You hug him back, thanking him before skipping away to whatever activity you might find to distract yourself before the evening.
-
After dinner, when your dadâs given you an envelope filled with cash, you throw a quick excuse your parentsâ way before rushing to the staff quarters, making sure no one sees you on your way there. The music emanating from the common room makes you hopeful youâll find the people youâre looking for.
And indeed, you do - Sunghoon and Chaewon are holding each other close, her head resting on his chest, and swaying together to the slow and sensual rhythm of the music at the back of the room when you find them. You feel a ping of something uncomfortable in your heart but ignore it and head straight towards them. Chaewon turns around when you tap on her shoulder, her and Sunghoon both looking at you with unmasked animosity, but you just smile as you hand her the envelope. Jake notices you and walks over to stand next to his cousin.
âHere you go. I hope itâs enough,â you say, relieved to see her surprised but ecstatic expression when she opens the envelope and sees all the bills in there. Jake wears a similar expression but Sunghoon just leers down at you.
âOh my God, Baby, this is amazing,â Chaewon exclaims in disbelief. âHow did you get Heeseung to change his mind?â
You purse your lips. âIt wasnât HeeseungâŚâ
She frowns slightly but her eyes widen at the realization that if it isnât from Heeseung, it has to be from you. âOh, Baby, thank you so much,â she murmurs.
âYeah, takes a real saint to ask daddy,â Sunghoon says sarcastically. Chaewonâs head snaps towards you and she starts to shake her head, forcing the envelope back into your hands.
âI canât accept it, then.â
âWhy not?â you, Sunghoon and Jake blurt at the same time.
âWho cares where it comes from? You need the money,â Sunghoon says, trying to persuade her, but she just continues to shake her head.
âIt doesnât feel right. And I canât go to the appointment anyway,â she chuckles defeatedly, and Sunghoon looks at Jake in confusion.
âI can only get her an appointment next Thursday, when you guys have your act at the Sheldrake,â he explains guiltily, as if itâs his fault.
âFor fuckâs sake,â Sunghoon breathes out, looking up to the ceiling in despair, hands on his hips.
âCanât you miss just that one night?â you ask innocently, but apparently it is the stupidest question on earth, judging from the harsh glare Sunghoon fixes you with.
âNo, we canât miss just that one night. This is our job, and if we cancel the Sheldrake, not only do we lose this summerâs salary, but also next summerâs gig. Our livelihoods depend on this,â he hisses.
âSo⌠canât someone fill in?â you ask again, and wince when he raises his tone.
âNo, Little Miss Fix-It, someone canât fill in. Everybody works here, unlike you. Unless you wanna do it,â he adds after a pause, chuckling sarcastically, âtake some time off of Simon Says?â
You can only glare back at him, even though you couldnât look as condescending as him if you tried. Youâre just trying to help them out and find solutions, no need to be so rude about it. Jake looks back and forth between the two of you, a look on his face like heâs thinking things over.
âYou know, maybe she could do it. You werenât so bad last time, were you, Baby?â he says, eyebrows raised at you as he waits for your answer, a hopeful look on his face that makes you feel bad for letting him down.
You shake your head fervently - learning a complicated choreography and performing it in front of an audience is unthinkable to you. âNo, no, I canât even do the merengue.â
âCâmon!â he insists.
âYou heard her, Jake, she canât even do the merengue,â he repeats, adding venom to the words.
Chaewon doesnât seem to think this is such a bad idea either. âBut Sunghoon, you could teach anyone to dance, youâre an amazing leader,â she says eagerly, but Sunghoon just rolls his eyes and sighs.
âThe act is in a week, even if I was the best teacher in the world, she couldnât learn the whole routine in that time. Itâs a lost cause,â he sneers, his gaze fixated harshly on you. Youâre not sure whether the lost cause refers to the situation or to you.
You squint your eyes at him, trying to match his gaze. Itâs one thing that you think itâs a bad idea, but itâs a whole other thing now that heâs so against it. Jakeâs right - you werenât that bad last week, youâre sure you could be an okay replacement. Sunghoon raises an eyebrow at you as if in challenge.
Challenge accepted, you think.
-
âNow itâs one, two, three, four,â Sunghoon says, synchronizing each number to the beat of the music. âYou donât dance âtil the two.â This is probably the fifth time he tells you this in the past half-hour, and although you know what youâre meant to do, your body will simply not listen to your head.
Youâre in the dance studio, trying as hard as you can to get your body to shape itself into what Sunghoon wants it to be. Arms up at shoulder-level, core engaged, back straight, head proud. He may repeat those directions over and over again, you arenât used to holding yourself like that, and itâs a lot harder than it seems, even though he makes it look so natural.
He moves the tonearm of the record player so that the music starts from the beginning again and walks towards you, his stern gaze never leaving your eyes as if to say, âyou better not mess it up this time.â It makes the room feel a lot hotter than it actually is, and the strong summer heat coming in from the open windows doesnât help.
You canât help but wonder if Sunghoon is this impatient with all of his students - surely heâd be out of a job if he actually behaved like this with the fancy ladies of the resort, so he must have some kind of problem with you. It wouldnât take a genius to figure out that he isnât the fondest of you, anyway. The fact that youâre only doing this to help him out and not for your own pleasure seems lost on him, but youâd rather not aggravate the situation by pointing that out.
His hands firmly holding yours, his gaze still fixed on your face, you hear your cue approaching and tell yourself âon the two, on the two, on the two,â but itâs no use, your foot starts to move a beat too early. But this time, Sunghoon anticipates your movement and says, softer than you expect âno,â and you put your foot back down instead of stepping on his like countless times before. Then he instructs ânowâ, and you finally get it right, getting into the flow of the music properly. You repeat this process a few more times, and only take a break when heâs sure you wonât make mistakes anymore.
Youâre halfway through a one-liter bottle of water when you hear him say, âFinally got the basic footwork down, only took an hour.â You scoff at the snarky remark and are about to come back at him with something just as petty, but you notice the shadow of a smile on his lips, more playful than patronizing, so you bite it back and try to suppress a smile of your own. With Sunghoon, youâll take what you can get.
He doesnât give you more than another minute of break, ignoring your complaints and urging you back towards him in the center of the room. âLetâs move on to the second part.â
You only have a week to get ready, so you practice like crazy, Sunghoon trying to reduce his working hours as much as possible and you slipping away from your parents and sister whenever you can. You go over the steps on your own, taking any opportunity to do so, whether thatâs when you find yourself alone in your familyâs rental or as you walk back across the bridge and lawn to the main grounds, letting your body move to the music in your head.
When she can make it, Chaewon also comes to practice with you. Her presence is always helpful - she sometimes stands behind you, holding you by the hips and correcting your posture, sometimes replaces either you or Sunghoon so you can watch her and mirror her moves from different perspectives.Â
Although she was originally wary and dismissive of you, when she saw how intent you were on helping her, a complete stranger, out, her view of you completely changed. You can tell how thankful she is by the constant kindness she shows you, encouraging you to compensate for Sunghoonâs lack of praise.
Indeed, all three of you are surprised and happy to see how quickly youâre progressing, but Sunghoon has a knack for keeping his emotions behind a veil and his praises to a minimum. Sure, that means his compliments, his small âyou did well todayâ or âgood jobâ make you blush a little redder, but you wouldnât complain if they were more frequent, either.
What he canât hide from you, however, is that he is clearly starting to become more tolerant of your presence. Youâd like to say you knew all along that he would soften up eventually, but truth is, you were scared he was going to stay this cold for the length of your time together, so it comes as even more of a relief when he stops reprimanding you so harshly for small mistakes or when he smiles along with you as you celebrate getting through a big chunk of the routine flawlessly for the first time. When one day, he actually laughs with you instead of berating you, you almost explode in on yourself out of joy. You convince yourself that those butterflies you feel erupting in your stomach is because itâs so surprising to see someone usually so guarded letting himself go a bit more, that it isnât just the simple sound of his laughter making you feel lightheaded.
On the fourth day of practice, you manage to find enough time to practice for almost three hours in a row. Towards the end of the session, after feeling like you were about to pass out due to extortion, you have a strange surge of energy. Sunghoon, on the other hand, has almost exhausted his very impressive stamina, but still wants to go through what youâve learned up until now.
The music starts, and you donât know if it was this surge of energy, or if it was Sunghoonâs tired expression that made you want to tease him, but you decide itâd be funny to repeat back to him the directions he always gives you - you know them by heart at this point.Â
âHey! Head up,â you joke as you face each other again after a spin. âLock your frame. Wiggly arms!â Youâre happy to see he laughs along with you, shaking his head in amused disbelief at you.
The laughter immediately halts, however, when at the end of the routine, because of your lack of concentration, your foot slips and you find yourself much closer to him than necessary for the ending pose. Your breath hitches in your throat, and your cheeks immediately burn up. After a long moment, Sunghoon looks away, clearing his throat, and you take a big step back from him as if being any nearer might make you spontaneously combust.
âThat was, um, that was good today. Good job,â he says quickly, then rushes to grab his stuff and leave the room. Forget the proximity the two of you were just in - was that a flustered Sunghoon you got to see? And was it because of you? Itâs almost unfathomable that you could render him shy like that, but a small smirk plays on your lips at the idea of it.
Over the week, you start reaching for the thin tank tops and shorts you own, and steal some of Seeunâs lipgloss and mascara. If Sunghoon notices it, he doesnât say anything. But perhaps, youâre the one who hasnât noticed the way he glances at you in the mirror when you take a break or practice on your own, how he canât help raking his eyes over your body when you arenât looking, unable to reign his curiosity in. That you might want to get some kind of a reaction out of him doesnât even cross his mind - because no matter how attractive he may be, he canât imagine that a serious, educated girl like you with big plans for the future might be interested in a guy like him.
So even if his iciness thaws a bit, he doesnât let it show that having you around messes with his head, and stays a stern instructor who wants you to get the routine down to a T. âWe canât afford to make any mistakes,â he always says. But thereâs something about the way he delivers his instructions sometimes that makes it impossible for you to concentrate on the dance. Heâs always either dancing with you, your bodies just a foot apart, or sitting on the floor close to you and watching you, so he doesnât need to speak so loud for you to hear him. Itâs this quietness mixed with the strictness of his tone that makes your insides completely melt. Soft yet rigid, intimate yet steely.Â
âDonât put your heel down, stay on your toes.âÂ
âKeep your eyes focused on me, especially when youâre spinning.âÂ
âAlways keep your core and your head straight.âÂ
Words that have no double-meaning whatsoever, yet it doesnât take long for you to start wondering if he keeps this tone everywhere. Whenever those thoughts cross your mind, youâre practically unable to look him in the eye and speak without stammering. He makes you dizzier than the spins you practice.
Itâs on the fifth day that you realize how deep your infatuation with Sunghoon truly is. The routine isnât exceptionally long, so after five days of practicing, you have all the steps down, except for the lifts which he keeps putting off for later. He watches you do it on your own, and although he admits you know it in and out, he said thereâs still something missing. The pang of disappointment you feel at his words soon turns into anticipation as he comes to stand in front of you, closer than usual, and brings your hand to his chest, keeping both of his own over yours.
âFeel this?â he says, voice almost a whisper. By now, youâve gotten used to the intensity with which he always stares at you, but this time seems different; thereâs something more vulnerable, more intimate about his gaze, something you donât quite understand. You just stare right back at him, unable to look away.
You arenât sure what he means so you lightly shake your head no. âHere,â he insists, pressing your hand more firmly to his chest, and it clicks. He wants you to feel his heartbeat. Your eyebrows jump slightly, and his lips form a small smile at your realization. âClose your eyes.â he says softly, and you do as told.Â
âThe steps arenât enough, Baby. You have to feel the music. Itâs within you, itâs within me, itâs within all of us. You just gotta find it.â This was something youâd heard a lot of times before, said by singers on the radio, by some of your friends in the high school choir - that they felt the music. But youâd never quite understood what they meant until now, until Sunghoon showed you. With two fingers, he starts tapping against the back of your hand to the rhythmic beat of his heart.Â
âDu-dum, du-dum. Feel it now?â he asks, and you nod, too transfixed to produce actual words. His smile widens, and your heart swells because of his expression, more affectionate than youâve ever seen it.Â
âNow dance.â
Your body moves as if of its own accord, the moves now ingrained in your muscles and coming as a reflex to you. Together, you go through the whole routine with no music. You hadnât needed to check yourself in the mirror to know you did perfectly - the smile on Sunghoonâs face tells you enough.
When the evening rolls around, thereâs a lightness to your demeanor that both confuses and delights your parents, but even if they asked you to explain what happened, you donât think youâd be able to find the words to do so.
-
Sure, Sunghoon doesnât look at you like he hates you with every fiber of his being anymore, and he even dares crack a smile or laugh once in a while, but itâs not like youâre the best of friends either. There are still moments when he gets frustrated with you - one of those being the time you practice the opening of the routine. He hadnât yet taught you that part, but as soon as he showed it to you, you understood why.
You stand back to him, heads turned towards each other. Your heights match perfectly so that, when standing so close together, his lips are right in your eyeline. His beautiful, plump, kissable lips that you find yourself thinking about too many times.
Your left arm stays by your side but your right arm is raised so that he can trail his fingertips all the way from your hand down to your waist - a sensual move that, despite setting the tone for the routine, you are not at all ready to perform. Not because it requires any kind of complex technique or years of practice, far from that, but because you donât yet have the professionalism that Sunghoon, Chaewon and other performers like them have. Nevermind his fingers brushing past your armpit, which is obviously a ticklish place, you canât handle the seriousness that comes with such intimacy, nor can you resist the urge to laugh every time. This, of course, does not please Sunghoon.
The first couple times it happens, he just rolls his eyes and sighs, thinking you just need to get your head in the dance and then youâd be fine. So he gets back into position, again, again, and again, and even though your full-blown laughters turn into quieter snorts or chuckles, you still canât find it in you to keep a straight face.Â
After the sixth time, his patience runs out. You can tell he wants to blow up at you by the redness of his face and the iciness of his stare, but when he speaks, he doesnât raise his voice - his tone is so harsh that thereâs no need for it.Â
âYou pull yourself together, or weâre done here.â
Whether he means youâre done for the day, or completely done with the practice, meaning all your efforts this week go to waste and you donât perform on Saturday, you arenât sure, but you donât think this is the right time to question him. You get back into position, and finally, on the seventh try, you donât laugh. After so many times, his touch doesnât tickle so much - rather, it burns. Now, instead of resisting laughter, you have to keep yourself from completely melting under his touch.
But then, you realize that this is what youâve been daydreaming about this whole time - to have him close, to have him touch you. Even though this was still part of the routine, the point of this move was to show the chemistry between the two dancers, the attraction they needed to, or at least pretend to, have for each other to take the performance from good to mesmerizing. Good thing you didnât need to pretend.
Of course, Sunghoon has touched your waist and shoulders thousands of times by now, but after so many days together, you start to crave a different kind of touch, and in different places. You never let yourself relish too much in the warmth of his palms for fear of getting too used to it, and, worse than anything, missing it when heâs gone - as if that wasnât already the case. But with this opening move, you can finally let yourself melt under his touch and play it off as being really into the dance. If anything, heâd probably be glad youâre letting your reserves go.
And so you do. Eyes closed, head tilted towards him and slightly back, revealing more of your neck, you feel his fingertips brush along your side until they reach your hand, and you start dancing. For the two minutes of the routine, you arenât even thinking of the steps anymore, only looking into his eyes and letting your muscle memory do the work for you.
At the end, you stay in the final pose for a few seconds longer than usual, looking into each otherâs eyes. Sunghoon isnât the most expressive person ever, so youâd quickly learned how to decipher the slightest changes in his face. In this moment, he looks at you like he sees you for the first time, really sees you, with something like pride in his eyes. You smile at each other, and his next words make your heart skip a beat in surprise at first, then swell in satisfaction.
âI think that was the best youâve danced so far. If you do it like this on Saturday night, itâll be perfect.â
-
However, thereâs one last thing you needed to learn: lifts. Sunghoon has been putting them off almost the whole week, saying youâd get to them later, that you needed to get the other steps down before. There are two in the routine, and whenever one comes up, Sunghoon says âthatâs for later,â and keeps going with the dance. Except later never comes, and soon enough, you only have a day left to learn and perfect those lifts. The stress of not mastering them on time starts to get to your head, and your stress must be contagious, because Sunghoon explodes for the first (and only) time on Friday afternoon when you make a mistake in the basic steps.
âAre you kidding me?â he suddenly yells, taking a wide step back away from you and looking at you with uncharacteristic anger. Sure, he wasnât always the most pleasant with you, and you were no stranger to Sunghoonâs expressions of or dislike, but you hadnât seen anger on him until now. No matter how beautiful he is, you have to admit this isnât his best look.
âWhat?â you respond, voice at the same level as his, not understanding his sudden burst of impatience.
âWhat?! This is a basic step you shouldnât even be thinking about anymore, let alone not get right. The performance is tomorrow, you canât be making stupid mistakes now!â He sighs in frustration and tears his gaze away from you for a moment, then looks back, his eyes hard. âIs this your idea of fun?â
You scoff and cross your arms over your chest. âMy idea of fun? You really think Iâm doing this for fun?â He doesnât say anything, just keeps on staring at you. âIâve been breaking my back and sneaking around for almost a whole week just to save your ass, I donât get anything out of it, and you have the nerve to ask me if Iâm doing this for fun?â You can see he wants to say something, but you donât let him. âOh, and Iâm glad you seem to remember the performance is tomorrow, because Iâll have you know you still havenât taught me those damn lifts! How can you get mad at me for a small mistake when you wonât even teach me the whole routine?!â
Youâre out of breath after screaming so loud and so quickly, but still Sunghoon doesnât move for a few seconds, until suddenly, he pivots and walks towards the door. At the threshold, he turns to you and tells you to follow him, as if that should have been obvious. He doesnât give you any time for questions so you run after him. Outside, a heavy summer rain is coming down, and your clothes are soaked through after just ten seconds. You walk a few steps behind him as he heads to his car, muttering a curse under his breath when he realizes heâs forgotten his keys inside the locked vehicle. You let out a small shriek when he breaks one of the backseat windows to open the door from inside, reaching for his keys still resting in the ignition. You just stand there, watching him in confusion, until he calls to you from the driverâs seat. âCâmon! Thereâs a place I need to show you.â
You know itâs a bad idea - youâve already been gone for over an hour, and if you leave with him for God knows how much longer, your parents would start to wonder where you are. But thereâs something about his face, his anger that had completely disappeared and let way for what seemed like excitement, the rain pouring down and the loud sound of his carâs motor; it all creates a rush of adrenaline in you, and you want to know what he has in store. So you get in the car, and as soon as youâre buckled in, Sunghoon backs out of the parking lot and starts driving, the destination completely unknown to you, but you trust him enough to not be bothered by that.
The two of you drive for around ten minutes in comfortable silence, sometimes catching the otherâs eye in the rearview mirror and bursting into giggles. You donât know why, but when you open your window and let your arm out, letting out a big whoop, he laughs like itâs the most amazing thing heâs ever seen.
In the week you spend together with Sunghoon, these are the moments you love the most. When heâs seemingly let go of his barriers and lets you see a side of him that you donât think many people get access to, a side to which laughter comes easy. Although it gives you whiplash when he so suddenly goes back to his serious and stonelike nature, youâd rather get glimpses of his carefree self than forever be stuck with the face he usually puts on with you. You arenât sure if he is always one or the other with other people, or if he keeps his tendency to almost switch personalities with everyone, but youâre just glad it doesnât feel like heâd always prefer to be somewhere else than with you anymore - and that it almost feels like he enjoys, or at the very least tolerates spending time in your company now.
He parks in what seems to be the middle of nowhere, on a small patch of gravel between the road and a forest, right before a bridge that crosses over a current. He gets out and starts towards what looks like a forest, telling you good-humoredly to hurry up and follow him. The rain has calmed down to a drizzle, gentle as it falls on your shoulders and a refreshing break from the sweltering heat of the past few days. Faster than you expected, youâve reached your destination, which is a point where the current is calm and a wide trunk tree crosses it. You have no idea how Sunghoon ever found this place, but youâve never seen him wear such an ecstatic expression, so you donât even question it.
He takes his shoes off and gets on the tree trunk, spreading his arms wide to keep himself from falling. You sit down, one leg on each side of the trunk, and watch amusedly as he titters and regains his balance, sending sheepish smiles your way when he gets close to plummeting into the water.Â
âWhereâd you learn to dance?â you ask suddenly, the question forming in your head and leaving your lips simultaneously.
He considers you for a second, then plops himself down on the trunk, letting his legs sway over the emptiness. He looks out to the current when he speaks, as if talking to the air around him rather than directly to you. âI lived and went to school in a low-income neighborhood, so there were always these people coming and going, trying to get kids like us to start working and get out of the neighborhood, or make it better or something. One day these people came in, saying they were giving out lessons to become a dance instructor, and it was the only one that ever caught my interest. I did it, aced the test, and they gave me a spot here that I managed to keep every summer. Havenât wanted to do anything else since.â He looks back at you and you catch a glimpse of cautiousness, perhaps a fear of finding judgment in your eyes, but his expression turns friendly again when he finds only curiosity and sympathy there.
âWhat about the rest of the year? Do you also have a teaching job back home?â you ask, daring to go further in your interrogation of Sunghoonâs personal life. Just a few days ago, youâd never have dreamed of asking him something like this, but thereâs something about him today that makes you think itâs okay to get closer, if you tread lightly.
He snickers humorlessly and looks down at his hands, palms resting on the trunk in front of him. âIâm lucky I get to escape that place just three months a year when Iâm working here. Otherwise, Iâm stuck with the old man and his carpenting business Iâm fated to inherit when he retires.â Before you can say anything in response, he jumps back up on his feet and holds a hand out to you, making a motion for you to come to him. Youâre slightly taken aback at the sudden switch in his demeanor, but you know better than to force anything with Sunghoon. âWe didnât come here to chit-chat, did we? Come over here.â
Devilish - thereâs no other word to describe his expression at that moment.
âNuh-uh, Iâm not getting on there, Iâm gonna fall and break an ankle,â you immediately protest, but he doesnât need to say anything, just approaches you with a mischievous smile and reaches his hands out to you - and you take them, letting him bring you to your feet.
You climb up tentatively, glad to see the trunk isnât slippery even after the rain, and hold on tight to Sunghoonâs hands until youâve managed to find your own balance. âOkay, what now?â you say breathily, half-paralyzed in terror and half-pumped with adrenaline.
âLetâs dance,â he says, a playful smile teasing his lips.
âWhat, here?â you reply, looking at him like he suggested you rob a bank.
âYes, here.â He grabs your hand tighter and brings you closer to him, securing an arm around your waist before you can stumble off of the trunk. Itâs definitely your near-death experience and not his proximity that makes your heart beat faster, definitely.
He quietly hums the song, but youâve heard it so many times at this point that you could do the dance with no music at all. More than dancing the same steps, thereâs something electrifying about knowing that the same song is playing in your and Sunghoonâs heads right now. You wonder if he feels it playing in his heart too.
What youâre doing isnât quite dancing - youâre just taking small, careful, clumsy steps together, giggling as you try to stay atop the trunk and letting out a yelp when he attempts to spin you but it only results in you two almost falling off. He holds you close as if making sure that if one of you goes down, the other goes down with them. Your face is right in front of his chest, and when you risk a look up at him, heâs already gazing down at you, his playfulness making the light in his eyes shine even brighter.Â
Your breath hitches in your throat when his eyes drift down to your lips, moving as you talk, but you still manage to get the words out, whispering them in the small space between the two of you. âYouâre supposed to teach me lifts, arenât you?âÂ
âYeah. Letâs go,â he whispers back, but makes no move to leave the trunk or distance himself from you.
âOkay,â you breathe. You repeat the word and take a step back, somehow gathering the will to tear yourself away from him, from his eyes fixated on your parted lips. âLetâs go.â
He leads you back through the woods to a wide clearing. After the downpour of the early afternoon, the sun is starting to shine again, rays of light making their way through the grayish clouds and high pines, and bathing your surroundings in a comforting glow. Sunghoon stands facing the sun, and the sunlight hits his face so perfectly, you have to keep yourself from snorting at how ridiculously handsome he is.
The only instructions he gives you are as follows: âYouâve seen lifts before. You know you just run to me to gather momentum, then when youâre close enough, bend your knees and keep your core and whole body tight as I lift you. But the most important thing is that you trust me, alright? If you donât, we could both get hurt.â
The first few times, you just practice the running and the picking up, not wanting to venture into the actual overhead lift right away. Itâs easy enough - just find the right distance, the right speed, and remember not to let your body go limp in Sunghoonâs hands.
But when youâve gotten the hang of it, and Sunghoon tells you to try the complete lift, you freeze. You just stop right in front of him, looking at him with wide eyes. âThis is too scary, I canât do it.â
To your surprise, instead of letting out an annoyed sigh or rolling his eyes, Sunghoon smiles. His eyes go soft and the corners of his lips tug up.
âWhatâs scary?â
âFalling. Getting hurt, hurting you,â you say, looking into his eyes with the hope that heâll make all your anxieties go away.
âDonât think about those things. Donât think about anything, just trust me. Let yourself be picked up first, and then weâll worry about your form and how to keep it, okay?â
âO-okay.â You walk a few steps back to regain some distance, and he nods reassuringly as you take a deep breath in, and a deep breath out. You run to him, and as if his words had gone straight from his mouth to your limbs, you let him lift you - and the world looks so different from this high up.
You marvel at the feeling of floating in the air, but you quickly start to feel yourself slipping forward, and Sunghoon is yelling âHold it, hold it!â and before you know it, youâve dipped forward and fallen right on top of him. Thankfully, it was a slow fall, and he had time to soften the blow, so that the immediate reaction from the both of you is to burst into laughter.
You roll over so that youâre laying on your back next to him and rest your palms on your stomach, feeling it shake with laughter. Once youâve calmed down, you turn your head towards him and he imitates you a second later. You probably look like idiots, out-of-breath and smiling widely at each other in this field, but there isnât a thing you would change about this moment.
âDo you know what the best place to practice lifts is?â he asks, and you watch how his dimples disappear and reappear as he talks. You shake your head. His dimples deepen. âThe water.â
You change locations again, heading back towards the current and finding the lake it stems from. You and Sunghoon turn your backs to each other as he takes his t-shirt off and you, your denim shorts, not wanting them to weigh you down in the water. When you turn back around, you have to force yourself to detach your eyes from his perfectly defined abs and shoulders thanks to years of dancing and physical exertion almost every day. You stare out at the lake like itâs the first time youâve ever seen so much water, otherwise youâd be gawking at him like itâs the first time youâve ever seen a man. Your cheeks burn up when you feel his eyes on your legs, taking your half-naked figure in, and he chuckles as you rush to hide yourself in the water.
Once in the water, you practice the actual lift, which consists of Sunghoon hoisting you high above his head and you keeping a straight posture, with your arms perpendicular to your body and your chest slightly lifted as if you were truly soaring through the air. It already looks difficult, and yet itâs even harder than it looks. It does help being in the water because at least youâre not scared for your life when you lose your balance and dive forward, but you let out a yelp nonetheless each time it happens. Sunghoon keeps on telling you to hold your posture, but each attempt ends in you falling into the water and bringing him down with you.
You drift apart and swim back towards each other every time, your arms wrapping around his neck and his hands coming to your hips to get back into position for the lift. Youâre having a lot of fun, too much fun, probably, when the performance is just a day away - but getting to see Sunghoonâs smile and hear his laugh as you play around and try your best at the lift makes it worth it. When the strap of your tank top slips over your shoulder, you notice out of the corner of your eye Sunghoonâs hand reaching for it just as you put it back yourself. He plays it off by raking a hand through his wet hair, getting it out of his eyes, and smiles shyly at you when your gazes lock. You have no idea whatâs going to happen after the performance, if youâll stay friends or if heâll pretend like this never even happened - all you know is that youâd be happy doing this all summer.
âOne last time?â
-
And just like that, itâs late Saturday afternoon and the performance is just an hour away. You barely eat or speak during dinner, partly out of nervousness, but mostly because you want your lie of having a headache and needing to rest in your room more believable. Chaewon had said sheâd help you put your dress on and get ready before the show, so when youâve escaped the dinner table, you rush to her cabin.
But just as you exit the building, an old woman you recognize as Mrs Jung walks in. She must be surprised at your sudden appearance because she slightly bumps into the door and drops her bag. An unusual amount of wallets fall from it, but you donât think too much of it - youâve seen rich people do weirder things.Â
You bend down to help her gather her things, and she chuckles lightly, thanking you. âSuch a sweet girl, isnât she, Harold?â she says to her husband who had appeared behind the door as well. You wish them a nice evening and part ways, gushing to yourself over how cute old couples are as you head to the Chaewonâs cabin.
She does your hair, pulling it into a tight bun and securing every stray strand with a bobby pin. You have no experience with makeup since itâs always been off-limits in your house, so she expertly applies eyeshadow, mascara and lipstick to your face. The sticky feel of it is unfamiliar but once you look in the mirror, you almost canât look away. Itâs still you, of course it is, but the bright colors make you look glamorous, like performing in front of a large crowd is just routine for you. You thank Chaewon, a huge smile on her face, and watch her own light up in relief that you like the makeup.
As she zips your dress up, a flowy baby pink dress she got out of her closet just for you, you repeat back all the instructions Sunghoon has given you over the week to make sure you remember everything. âI just gotta keep my head up, keep my core and my arms straight, follow the mu-â
âThank you, Baby,â Chaewon quietly interrupts, and the slight tremble in her voice and the vulnerability with which she looks at you lets you know she really means it. You stop your declamation immediately and smile at her, kindness in your eyes.
She looks down and tries to find her words. âYou know, I- I just want you to know that I, I donât sleep around, and Heeseung, I really thought he loved me, and-â
You can see the tears already forming in her eyes so you bring her into a tight hug, resting your cheek against the side of her head. âI know, Chaewon, donât worry. And even if you did sleep around, it wouldnât matter, Heeseung should take responsibility no matter what. Weâre all here to help you. Donât worry.â You lean back to hold her face in your hands and try to give as reassuring a smile as you can.
âIâm scared, Baby,â she whispers, trying to calm her sobs to get the words out.
âEverythingâs gonna be fine, Chaewon,â you say, and you hope she believes it as much as you do. âEverythingâs gonna be just fine. Youâve got Sunghoon, and Jake, and youâve got me too.âÂ
She closes her eyes and takes a deep breath in. When she opens them again, she grabs your hands and shakes them between the two of you, mirroring your smile. âOkay, okay,â she murmurs. âSorry, this isnât the best time for me to break down. You feeling ready?â she asks, and even if itâs just for now, youâre glad sheâs feeling better and got to let her emotions out.
âNot at all, Iâm so nervous. I donât want to mess something up and let you or Sunghoon down,â you admit, your smile wavering for a second.
âWhatever happens, you wonât let us down,â she says, squeezing your hands. âItâs amazing, what youâre doing.âÂ
You canât help but look away at her words. âItâs the least I can do,â you mumble.
âNo, Baby, youâre doing more than most people would. And Sunghoon, he might have his own way of showing it, but heâs extremely grateful for you,â she says, and it puts a smile on your face.
âBy his own way of showing it, do you mean not showing it at all?â you joke.
âThatâs Sunghoon for you.â You giggle quietly together, but her eyes drift to the clock on the wall behind you and she lets out a sigh. âItâs time, Baby. And donât worry, I know youâll do amazing,â she says, bringing you into a brief hug.
Youâre so nervous, everything that follows is a blur - leaving Chaewonâs cabin and sneaking over to Sunghoonâs car, the drive to the Sheldrake Hotel, the staff there leading you backstage, and finding your spot on the stage. You only snap out of it when the curtains lift and a voice booms from the speakers in the room, announcing âSunghoon Park and partner dancing the mamboâ as the audience breaks into polite claps.
The music starts, and Sunghoon can immediately feel the tension in your body. He trails his fingers all the way down your arm to your waist, just like youâd practiced a ton of times before, and he uses the proximity between the two of you to whisper âRelaxâ into your ear. âJust follow my lead, youâve got this,â he says, loud enough for only you to hear, and extends his arm to send you spinning.Â
You manage the first few steps, trying to let go of your anxiety, but itâs got a tight grip on your body and makes your stomach twist. You think itâs all over when you mess up a turn, going right instead of left, but Sunghoonâs quick to whisper âover hereâ and you find your way again. âLook at me,â Sunghoon says once youâre facing each other again, and you lock eyes with him. And for some reason, that works - focusing only on him makes you feel like itâs just the two of you in the room, just like so many times this past week, and it dissipates all your nerves, makes your muscle memory kick in. You finally let him lead you and follow the music, thinking of nothing but Sunghoon and dancing together.
And yet, when itâs time for the lift, you freeze again. You find your position and run to Sunghoon, just like you know youâre supposed to, but you canât let him lift you, your limbs turning into lead in his hold. Thinking quickly, you come up with another step on the spot, hoping it isnât too obvious to the audience you just messed up. Sunghoon takes the lead again, and the rest of the performance goes smoothly, the other moves and the smaller, easier lift realized perfectly by the both of you.
You finish off the number, and the sound of the applause directed at the two of you fills you with a pride youâd never felt before, a feeling much more satisfying than any good grade or won argument ever had. Another sort of daze fills your mind now, and it makes you feel like thereâs a small cloud under your feet so that youâre floating instead of walking everywhere. It almost makes you miss the Jungs, but when you see the old couple slowly walking out of the room, youâre scared you might be done for.
You rush back to the parking lot with Sunghoon, whooping in excitement as soon as you're out of anyoneâs earshot. In the backseat, you change out of your dress and back into your regular clothes.
âGod, that was- that was amazing, I canât believe you get to live this every week during the summer, it was just- my GodâŚâ you say, struggling to get your right hand through the sleeve of your blouse.
âYeah? Did you have fun?â Sunghoon answers, a smile on his face that turns into a gulp when he sees your half-naked body in the rearview mirror. He canât help but risk a few more glances, hoping you donât notice.
âI did, I really did, but I- I messed up that one turn, and I didnât do the lift-â
âThat doesnât matter,â Sunghoon says firmly. âYou did real good, Baby.â And after a beat, he adds: âThank you. You did real good.â Your eyes lock in the mirror but you look away before he can catch sight of your reddening cheeks.
âAnd oh my God, there was that couple, the, the-â
âThe Jungs, right? Yeah, I saw them too,â Sunghoon chuckles. âI got so scared.â
âRight? Me too! They wonât say anything, will they, do you think?â
âProbably not. I donât think they even recognized either of us.â
You button your jeans and climb your way over to the passenger seat next to Sunghoon, grateful for the lack of headrests in his car. It suddenly grows quiet between the two of you. You want to ask whether youâll keep meeting now that youâve done your part, but youâre afraid Sunghoon might want to have nothing to do with you from now on even if it doesnât seem like he dislikes you anymore. So you stay silent, watching out of the window, sometimes turning your head towards Sunghoon and catching his eye, then smiling at each other shyly.
Something in you is screaming at you to reach out to him, brush a hand over his hair, interlace your fingers with his - any kind of touch. You thought the ball of nerves in your stomach would disappear after the show, but itâs still there, and itâs taken hold of your entire body now, the anticipation of whatever is to come almost unbearable. You notice Sunghoonâs gaze ping-ponging between you and the road, and the tightness with which he holds the steering wheel, and you dare let yourself hope, just a little bit, that he shares those same wild thoughts jumping around your mind.
When you reach the parking lot next to the staff quarters, Sunghoon is quick to get out of the car, while you rub at your eyes and lips, trying to get as much makeup off as you can. Your parents would most likely be in bed by now, but just in case they were still up, you didnât want them to catch you with bright red lips and blue eyelids. Sunghoon walks around to your side and opens your door for you, even grabbing your hand to help you out of the car. Once youâre out, he takes your other hand in his, facing you as he walks slowly backwards, and with the way heâs gazing down at you, you think those unspoken thoughts might finally come into the light. But before either of you can say anything, you hear quick footsteps rushing towards you, and a familiar voice calling out to Sunghoon.
He swings around to find a panting, alarmed-looking Jake. âSunghoon, itâs- itâs Chaewon, something went wrong, sheâs not feeling well-â
Neither of you need to hear more before youâre running to the cabin, reaching it in record time. Thereâs way more people than there should be in and outside Chaewonâs room, all watching and doing absolutely nothing except for another girl you recognise as part of the dancing crew holding a wet cloth to her head as Chaewon, her face covered in sweat and her eyes shut tight in pain, moans and mumbles incoherently, slightly delirious from fever. The girl at her bed steps aside when she sees Sunghoon approaching, and he kneels next to Chaewon, holding her hand in both of his and reassuring her as best she can.
âItâs that doctor,â Jake starts, âhe was so shady, had a folding table and a dirty knife, and I- I heard screams coming from that room, Hoon, awful screams, and I tried getting in and getting Chaewon out but they wouldnât let me-â
Whatâs obvious to you right now is that Chaewon is in desperate need of an actual doctor, and nobody here can provide that for her, so you rush out of the room, and, as fast as your legs can carry you, run to your father and wake him up in a hurry, grabbing his doctorâs bag. Youâre glad for your fatherâs blind trust in you - other than an instinctive âIs Seeun alright?â, which you nod your head at, he doesnât ask any questions, just sees you need his help. He listens to your unclear and frantic explanations of whatâs going on as he follows you to the staff cabin.Â
âAlright, out of the way, everyone, give the girl some space,â your father says as he enters Chaewonâs room, the way he carries himself and speaks instantly commanding obedience from the group. People filter out as he takes Sunghoonâs spot next to Chaewon, checking her pulse and temperature. âWhoâs responsible for this lady?â he asks without looking away from his patient.
âI am,â Sunghoon says, taking a step towards him. âIs she gonna be okay?â He seems so distressed you want to take him into your arms and tell him itâll be okay, but you canât do that - not here, not in front of your dad.
Your father turns his head to take a look at Sunghoon, his expression unreadable, then turns back to Chaewon, leaving Sunghoonâs question unanswered, floating in the air ominously.
He makes you all leave the room, and you wait for what feels like hours until your father finally comes out, his briefcase in hand, and announces that Chaewon just needs some rest and then sheâd be okay. He lets Jake thank him and shake his hand agitatedly, but once again just stares Sunghoon down and ignores him when he tries to do the same. He takes you by the shoulder, making you walk away with him without saying goodbye to anyone. Heâs silent for a few moments, waiting to have gone down a few steps before he speaks, and when he does, his voice is tense and almost trembles with anger.
âIs this what my money paid for? Iâm disappointed in you, Baby. Youâre not who I thought you were.â He doesnât even let you defend yourself, just keeps walking without looking at you. âI donât want you to hang around those people anymore, do you understand?â
âBut dad-â
âI donât want to hear it,â he says firmly, and the slight increase of volume catches you off guard. Not once has your dad raised his voice at you, or at least not since you were a child - thatâs how you understand how truly upset he is at you. He finally turns around to look at you, his eyebrows furrowed. âAnd get that stuff off of your face before your mother sees it.â
The rest of the walk back to your bungalow is done in unbearable, utter silence, and you canât wait to be away from your father and the anger pouring off of him in waves. But that silence doesnât seem to go away, even when you finally reach your bed, even when your sister starts snoring quietly, completely oblivious to the events of the night. The silence grows so loud in your ears that it creates a fuzz all around your brain, making your head throb and blurring your thoughts, rendering them incomprehensible. The sheer weight of it forces your eyelids closed even though you donât feel tired at all - thereâs too much going on in your mind for you to fall asleep.
Thereâs the relief of your father having helped Chaewon, and the knowledge that sheâll be okay thanks to him; but thereâs also the image of his disappointed expression etched into your brain and the words âYouâre not who I thought you wereâ playing on a hellish loop. Thereâs the worry he wonât ever see you the way he used to, that you wonât be his little girl anymore, but thereâs also the satisfaction of that exact thing, the liberation that comes with your father finally realizing youâre not perfect and make mistakes too.
And then thereâs Sunghoon.
Thereâs Sunghoon, and his concern for Chaewonâs safety, his love for his friend that heâs known for years, the hurt on his face when your dad didnât shake his hand, and the way he quickly retracted his own thereafter, a defeated expression like he was used to such disrespect. But before that, thereâs his dimpled smile and sharp canines you find weirdly endearing, the carefree sound of his laughter after you fall on top of him in the water, his warm hands guiding you from step to step, the quick glimpses he throws your way when he thinks youâre not looking but hopes that you are. Even before that, there were the ice-covered walls he put around himself and his friends that could melt as quickly as they could freeze back up, until finally one day he opened the door for you to come in. There was the elegance in his moves and the feeling like all the air in the room had evaporated when you watched him dance, only for it to fill you back up when he took you by the hand and showed you how to let yourself go for the first time.
The fog in your mind clears at the thought of him, like sunlight forcing its way through gray clouds after a thunderstorm. You need to see him.
You need to check on him, to make sure heâs feeling alright, and laugh with him if he is or cry if he isnât. You need to hold his head between your palms and graze a hand through his hair and do and say all the things youâve been wanting to this week.
You climb out of your bed and grab the first cardigan you see, then slip your shoes on and make your way to the front door. You try to be as quiet as possible, but once outside, you hang back just for a few moments in case anyone has heard you leaving, so that if they come to check, you can just say youâre getting some fresh air on the front porch. No one seems to stir so you rush to Sunghoonâs cabin. Itâs past midnight and the only light guiding you is that of the stars and the bright moon up above.
When Sunghoon opens his door, he seems at once relieved and surprised to find you there. âBaby,â he simply says, gazing down at you. He looks so tired, you think. The performance at the Sheldrake was just a few hours ago, but it already feels so far away.
âHey. Can I- can I come in?â you ask, slightly out-of-breath from your walking so fast.
âYeah, yeah, of course,â he says, turning his body to let you in his cabin. Since your first time here, that night youâd found Chaewon crying in the kitchen, youâd learned more about this place. Thanks to his seniority here, Sunghoon has a separate studio-like cabin further down the path where all the staff bungalows are, and itâs bigger than most of them, even though itâs still just one room that accommodates his bed, a closet, a desk, a sink and some other chairs, shelves and drawers.
A soft song is playing in the background and the main light is off, the small lamps here and there providing enough light for you to see. You hadnât at all thought to look around when you were here last, so youâre curious to really see what Sunghoonâs living space is like.
You walk further into the room, taking in your surroundings and reveling in all the traces of Sunghoonâs life - discarded clothes here and there, a stack of record players from the early fifties to now, posters of movie stars and famous singers, some photos of him with Jake, Chaewon and other members of the entertainment team. He looks around like heâs seeing the room for the first time too, maybe trying to see it through your eyes and imagining what you could be thinking of it. He picks up clothes from the floor and from an armchair only to throw them in his closet, gesturing for you to sit down, and rubs the back of his neck in what seems like an embarrassed gesture.
âItâs not much⌠youâre probably used to a lot betterâŚâ he says with an apologetic tone.
âNo, no, itâs great,â you say quickly, not wanting him to feel embarrassed. You look at him with a smile. âI love it here.â
He mirrors your smile, letting out a shaky breath of relief, then sits down at the edge of his bed, too far away for  your liking. The tense atmosphere from earlier in the car is back, filling the room with the silence of a thousand unspoken words. A beat passes before you speak up. âIâm sorry about the way my father treated you, Sunghoon. It wasnât nice.â
Sunghoon looks genuinely shocked upon hearing your words and starts to shake his head fervently. âNo, no, your father was great, the- the way he took care of Chaewon, I could never do anything like that in my life, he was amazing.â
âYes, but Iâm talking about you, Sunghoon, not Chaewon. He completely ignored you, he should have treated you with more respect.â His eyes find yours, and the look on his face like he wants to believe you but canât quite bring himself to makes your heart ache.
He chuckles and lets his head hang low, looking down at his hands. âWhy should he? Iâm- Iâm nothing,â he says quietly, so quietly that you think you might have misheard, because never in a hundred years would you have thought that someone like Sunghoon could think so lowly of himself.
Your surprise makes it hard to gather your words and say something coherent, but you try your best. âWhat- Sunghoon, how could you say that? Youâre not nothing, youâre- youâre everything,â you say, the last word coming out breathy.
He looks at you like heâs never heard those words before, never had somebody tell him he was so much more than he thought he was - but maybe thatâs because heâd never told anyone how he really felt. A pained expression flashes across his face, and youâre scared you mightâve said the wrong thing but his next words reassure you that thatâs not it.
âYou donât understand⌠One month, Iâm living off of scraps and struggling to make ends meet, and the next, rich ladies are stuffing hundred dollar bills in my pockets and giving me the key to their room. Everywhere I am, people just use me to get what they need. My dad basically forces me to work with him and doesnât give a crap what I really want, the women here use me to escape the boredom of their lives, and Max and his asshole grandson Jay just want me to make as much money as I can so they can get even richer.â His voice gets louder the more he talks, the anger getting to him. He chuckles darkly, but his expression softens when he catches your gaze. âI have to live like this. If I start thinking I deserve more, that I- that Iâm everything, like you say, Iâll never be satisfied. Iâll always want more. I canât handle that.â
âIt doesnât have to be that way. It shouldnât be that way,â you say quietly, shaking your head and looking at him sadly. You donât know how to make him see that for the joy he brings everyone who gets to see him dance, for the care and safety he gives the people he loves, and the way heâs made you feel like you can finally escape the thoughts in your head, he deserves everything he wants in the world. You donât know how to make him see his worth and the respect he deserves as much as anyone else.
He smiles at you wistfully, like he can see his own, long-gone, naive hopefulness on your face. âIâve never met anyone like you, Baby. You look at the world and you think you can make it better.â
Itâs your turn to chuckle humorlessly. âYeah, I run to my daddy, like you said.â
âNo,â he says firmly, his tone catching you off guard. âNo, that took a lot of guts, doing what you did. I love that about you, you just go ahead and do things. You didnât even know Chaewon, and yet you learned a whole professional routine in a week just because you wanted to and you could. And now you risked your relationship with your father just to help her out once again. You- youâre not scared of anything!â
âMe? Iâm scared of everything!â you cry out, suddenly standing up, the emotions boiling in your stomach making you unable to sit any longer. âIâm scared of the disappointment in my parentsâ eyes, of failing school, of being stuck in a life I canât escape fromâŚâ Your gaze travels around the room before it settles on Sunghoon once again, your gazes locking each other in so tightly you donât know if youâll ever be able to look away. âBut most of all,â you continue, voice shaky and desperate, âIâm scared of leaving this place and never, ever feeling again the way I do when Iâm with you.â
His jaw tightens and he has to force himself to look away from you, his eyes focusing on a random object in the corner of the room. With the way he huffs air through his nose and tenses his whole body, he almost looks angry, but you know thatâs not it - finally, after a week of torturous hesitation and not-knowing, you understand how Sunghoon feels about you. He feels just like you. All those lingering gazes, those small shocks of electricity whenever you touched, those loud heartbeats at his constant proximity, he felt them too, and it drove him crazy too; youâre sure of it.
Or at least, almost sure of it. And thereâs only one way to confirm your suspicions.
Sunghoon thinks youâre not scared of anything, so youâre going to prove it to yourself. You take a step towards him, then another one, and another one, until youâre standing right in front of him. You extend a hand out to him and he doesnât question it, just takes it and rises, now towering over you as you had over him just a second ago. Youâre as close as you usually are when you dance together - or perhaps a bit closer than that.
âDance with me,â you whisper into the space between your bodies.
âWhat, here?â he whispers back, finally looking at you. His gaze lingers in your eyes before dropping to your lips, his pupils slowly dilating - thereâs your confirmation.Â
âYes, here,â you reply, echoing your conversation on the tree trunk, which somehow was only yesterday.
You wrap your arms around his neck just as his hands come up to hold you by the waist. Itâs a position youâve found yourselves in a hundred times by now, but tonight, it feels so different. The air around you is charged with electricity and all of your moves are purposeful, trying to make the other feel all that youâre feeling with just a touch.
Tight in each otherâs arms, you sway to the slow rhythm of the music, your head resting in the crook of his neck while his hands travel from your waist, to your shoulder blades, back down to your hips. Even with two layers of clothing between your bodies, the feeling of having him so close sends shivers down your spine, even though your skin burns everywhere it comes into contact with him. Your breath makes goosebumps appear on the side of his neck, and when his grip on your hips tightens, you take it as a green light to start pressing faint kisses to his skin. He bunches the fabric of your blouse in his hands, slowly pulling it from the confines of your jeans and over your head, making you raise your arms. He makes a ball out of your top and throws it somewhere across his room, his attention fully taken by the sight of your now half-naked body. He immediately discards his own t-shirt, putting his hands back on you as quickly as he can, as if scared you might suddenly disappear.
You go on dancing together, bodies moving in harmony, as if youâre one being rather than two. You let your hands travel over his shoulders and chest and rest them on his stomach as you lean your upper body backwards, trusting him to hold you while you circle your way back to him. When you do, his hands roam down to grab your ass and hike one of your legs around his hips, the friction of your pelvises rubbing together eliciting a heavy, relieved sigh from both of you.
Finally, your lips find each other, and you kiss like youâre each otherâs sources of oxygen. Of course, Sunghoon is one of, if not the best, kissers youâve ever had the honor of sharing a kiss with, because how could he be anything other than perfect? The way he kisses is intense and a little bit messy, and it ignites your whole body, making you crave only more and more until youâve had everything you want. Your hands and his are restless, endlessly drifting over each otherâs bodies, grabbing at shoulders or hips or strands of hair.
He walks backwards to his bed, never once breaking the passionate embrace, until the back of his legs hit the mattress. He sits, spreading his legs wide enough for you to stand between them. His face is right at the level of your chest, and the way he looks up at you as he presses hot, open-mouthed kisses there makes your insides burst and the fire in your core burn harder. Keeping eye contact with him is too much to handle, so you close your eyes and let your head back slightly, grazing your hands through the soft locks of his hair and simply enjoying the feeling of his mouth on you. His warm hands roam your lower back before traveling north to the clasp of your bra. He undoes it but doesnât take it off - instead, he calls your name, and itâs never sounded better than on his lips.
âBaby?â
âHm?â You look back down at him and find in his eyes a sort of lustful, dreamlike daze that youâre sure must reflect your own perfectly.
âAre you sure you want to do this?â he asks breathily, wanting to be certain this is okay for you, but sounding like itâd be the death of him if you said no.
You smile softly and take his head in your hands. âIâve never been more sure of anything.â
He smiles too, exposing his sharp canines and pretty dimples, and sighs of relief. âThank God.â
Your bra comes off, and you almost laugh when his pupils blow out at the sight of your naked chest, but your amusement dies, cut off by a loud moan as soon as he takes one of your nipples in his mouth, twirling his tongue around and sucking on the sensitive bud before moving on to the other one. One of his hands rests on your ass while his other arm is wrapped around your waist, and his grip on your waist tightens every time you make a sound that he particularly appreciates. Youâre pulling at his hair so much, youâre almost scared of hurting him, but truth be told youâre too focused on the way his mouth feels on you to really be careful about it.
âCome here,â he says, voice hoarse. His jeans arenât doing a very good job of hiding how hard he is, and he groans at the sudden contact when he pulls you down into his lap. You press kisses everywhere you can - his cheeks, the crook of his neck, his hair, before finding his lips once again. You donât even realize youâre grinding yourself against him until he breaks away from the kiss to let out a quiet moan, and you bury your face in the dip between his shoulder and his neck, breath hot against his skin as you whine in pleasure.
You could do this for hours, and maybe you do - but at some point, you start needing something more and your core throbs, desperate for more attention. And what better way to communicate that to Sunghoon than to show him exactly what you want?
You unwrap your arms from around his shoulders and let your hand roam down to the waistband of his jeans, smiling shyly at him as you get down on your knees in front of him. He watches with a pained expression, like the anticipation of what youâll do next actually hurts him, as you unbutton and unzip his jeans, then slide them along with his boxers down his legs. To distract from the fact that his size slightly intimidates you, you take him in your hand right away, circling his reddened tip with your thumb before starting to bring your palm up and down his shaft while your other hand rubs his thigh.
Youâre absolutely breathtaken by the sight in front of you: Sunghoonâs abs tensing visibly at your ministrations, his head hung back and his neck and Adamâs apple flushed red on display for you, moans increasing in volume as you continue. You had a feeling Sunghoon wouldnât be a quiet one, and youâre proud to be proven right.
You put your own needs aside for now, just wanting to see Sunghoon in as much pleasure as you can give him. You bring your head forward and lick a stripe up his length, satisfied when he lets out his loudest moan so far. You donât tease for too long, only licking at his tip for a bit before taking more of him in your mouth. You keep one hand at the base of his shaft and swirl your tongue around the part youâre able to reach.Â
This is the first time youâve gotten so much pleasure from giving - maybe because Sunghoonâs reactions feed your ego, maybe because youâre so obsessed with him that knowing youâre making him feel good is enough, or maybe both. Definitely both.
But Sunghoon doesnât let you have your fun for too long, and soon pulls your face gently away from him. His flushed face and fucked-out expression is gratifying to say the least. You look up at him with a smile, rubbing his thighs with your palms as you wait for him to catch his breath.
âA minute longer,â he says, panting, âand I wouldâve died.â You giggle at his dramatics and hoist yourself back up, about to position yourself again on his lap but Sunghoon has other plans. He lays you down on your back and comes to rest on his side next to you, holding himself up on a forearm; that way he has both full access to and full view of your face and body. Perfect.
His face is close enough to yours to press kisses there and on your neck while his hand makes his way down your body. When it reaches the waistband of your jeans, you donât wait for him to say or do anything and undo them yourself, which makes Sunghoon smirk.
âImpatient, are you?â he teases.
âYouâre one to talk,â you bite back with a smile, even though your cheeks start to burn.
He slips a hand under your jeans, and gathers slick from between your folds before starting to rub small circles on your clit with the pads of two fingers. He soon gets frustrated from the way your clothes restrict his movements, and whispers in your ear, âMight as well take everything off while weâre at it, donât you think?â
You roll your eyes at his playful tone but comply, more than happy to undress if it means he can touch with more ease. And indeed, he wastes no time before slipping a finger inside you, smirk widening at the loud half-gasp half-moan you let out at the feeling. âMuch better,â he whispers again, but any comeback is wiped from your mind as he adds a second finger in, curling them so that they hit just the spot. Youâre drenched at this point, your arousal sticking to the inside of your thighs, but that only makes it easier for him to slip his fingers in and out and means youâre more than ready for him. He keeps his thumb on your clit so that the friction there doesnât stop either, and it isnât long before you start to feel that familiar knot twisting your insides, appearing much quicker than youâd like it to.
âSunghoon- Iâm gonna, Iâm-â
âYou are, huh?â he breathes against your neck in between kisses. And just like that, as if youâd told him to stop and not that you were about to finish, he slips his fingers out of you, watching your reaction with a devilish, amused smirk.
âWhat? No, no-â you whine, but itâs no use. He rolls away from you, opening the drawer in his bedside table to retrieve something, and heâs lucky itâs a condom, because you might have killed him if it was anything else.
âJust because itâs our first time, Iâm making you cum on my cock,â he explains as he rips open the small packet and puts the condom on. He comes back and places himself over you, pressing a kiss to your cheek and aligning himself with your entrance. âNext time, youâll cum on my fingers and mouth as much as you want, Baby.â
And then, he pushes in.
You donât need to tell him to go slow, or to wait before he starts moving; he knows. He holds himself up on his hands, biceps tight, and watches your face carefully for any sign of pain or discomfort while he furrows his way in, inch by inch.
When he finally bottoms out, he presses a soft kiss to your glistening hairline and bends down to whisper in your ear, âIâve been thinking about this all week, and itâs even better than I imagined.â
The corners of your lips tug upwards, but the feeling of Sunghoon filling you up like this makes your brain go fuzzy and you canât even begin to form coherent words or thoughts. You grab on to his biceps and shoulders as he starts to move back and forth, slowly at first, but progressively picking up speed, your moans egging him on.
He takes one of your legs and hikes it up around his hip, allowing him to go deeper and hit that spot that has you arching your back and crying out. Youâre clawing at his back, eyes shut tight and mouth going dry, and his fast, regular rhythm is bringing you to the edge once again. Either Sunghoon has terrible timing, or he knows precisely how close you are and wants to tease you, because he slows down and pulls out. âI just want to make it last a bit longer,â he explains, murmuring the words in the crook of your jaw and neck before pressing a kiss there.
He pushes himself away from you and sits up on his bed, his back against the headboard. He looks at you with a lopsided smile, and when you position yourself on his lap, you take a couple moments to admire him before taking him again. His hairline beads with sweat, his face and upper body are flushed a light red color, his breathing is quick and shallow, mouth slightly agape, and his eyelids are heavy with lust, eyes almost closed. Heâs never looked so good.Â
âHave I ever told you how beautiful you are?â he asks, and you smile both at the compliment and at the fact that you were thinking the same thing about him just a second ago, as if you shared each otherâs exact thoughts. You shake your head, and his gaze turns loving as he brushes a stray strand of hair behind your ear. âYouâre so fucking beautiful, Baby. There. Said it.â
You kiss him passionately before taking him in your hand and raising yourself on your knees to guide his tip towards your entrance, keeping eye contact with him as you sink onto his length. The new position hits even more sensitive spots and makes the two of you moan simultaneously.Â
Deciding to let him rest for a bit, you start moving yourself up and down on his cock, quickly settling into a nice rhythm that doesnât tire your legs out too much but still manages to make you see stars. You hold onto Sunghoonâs shoulders, hands sometimes grabbing onto his hair while his stay firmly planted on your ass, kneading the soft skin there. You try to hold his gaze for as long as you can, but the pleasure starts to overwhelm you and you canât do anything but shut your eyes, head falling back as loud moans escape your lips. Thereâs no way you could have kept it quiet, so youâre extremely grateful that Sunghoonâs living quarters are far enough away to avoid an audience.
Despite the immense pleasure of being on top of him and of choosing your own rhythm, your thighs start to hurt after a few minutes of this. Thankfully, Sunghoon notices your decreasing pace and the way your legs falter, and takes things into his own hands, finally ready to stop edging and bring the both of you to your ends. One hand on your lower back, one arm wrapped around your shoulders, he presses your chest firmly to his, hugging you tight, and starts bucking his hips into you at a pace that has you crying out into his shoulder. Your hands find purchase in his hair, pulling tight enough to hurt at the roots. If Sunghoon stops, it might be the death of you, so even if itâs a struggle to get the words out, you want to let him know how you feel.
âFuck, Sunghoon, right there, please donât stop, please- oh, my God!â
The sound of your two bodies coming together is lewd, but it only adds to your bliss, and in just thirty seconds of this, the knot in your stomach breaks loose and sends your whole body trembling against Sunghoonâs. Heâs not long after you, the sound of his name over and over on your tongue as you cum sending him tumbling over the edge. You feel hot tears streaming down your face at the relief of finally having come undone, and the sounds leaving your lips now are fainter, your body too weak to even make any noise.Â
You stay like this for a few moments, body limp on top of his, allowing your breaths to return to normal. Youâve had two boyfriends before, and they were the only two youâd ever had sex with, so itâs not like you had already discovered everything about the joys of sex, but you knew for sure that it didnât always feel like this, didnât always take you to heaven and back. Usually, youâd have stood up and cleaned yourself by now, but with Sunghoon, you never want to leave this spot. Fall asleep like this, wake up like this, stay as long as you wanted like this. But after a few minutes, Sunghoon stirs and you jolt out of your daze, getting off of him, wincing slightly at the sensitivity between your legs.Â
He slips from his seated position and lays on his back. You follow suit, turning your body towards the ceiling, suddenly feeling shy at the idea of touching him, of getting closer - or maybe scared that heâll suddenly want to be left alone, or worse, never want to see you again. But all your negative thoughts dissipate when he shifts to his stomach, sliding slightly down the bed to rest his head on your chest, burying his face there, hugging your waist tight, and letting out a contented sigh. Although your heart swells at his ridiculously cute actions, to say you arenât a bit surprised would be a lie - after seeing a leading, more dominant side to him all week, since he was the one teaching you the dance and guiding you through the moves, you had thought it would translate to the way he was in bed. Yet, he had let you do what you wanted, let you set your own pace, as much as he had himself. And now, he was perfectly happy seeking out your affection and not making you come to him. It made you appreciate him that much more.
One of your hands makes its way to his back, grazing your fingernails along the expanse of it, while the other plays gently with his hair. You fall asleep in record time, perfectly at peace and exhausted from so much exertion.
-
When you wake up a few hours later, youâre still laying on your back, and although Sunghoon has drifted away, probably due to the heat in the room, your legs are still intertwined and heâs got an arm resting on your midriff. Thereâs nothing to let you know the time, so you look out the window and notice with panic that the sun has started to rise, which means it must be close to six a.m. You try to shake Sunghoon awake, but he just grumbles something incoherent and hugs you tighter to him, which you absolutely would have swooned over if you didnât need to get back to your bungalow - and so you shake him harder.
âSunghoon, wake up!â you say, far too quietly for it to actually wake him up, but he looks so cute asleep that itâd break your heart to wake him up too harshly.
âWhyâŚâ he whines, face buried in your neck and voice coming out muffled.
âI donât want my father to notice that Iâm gone,â you say, the aftertaste of the words bitter in your mouth.
âWhy, what time is it?â he asks, slowly coming to his senses.
âIâm not sure, but he never wakes up late, so I donât wanna risk it.â Your father, needing a real break from intense work days, had started waking up at 6:45 instead of 5:30 every morning. How relaxing.
âBut I want you to stay,â Sunghoon grumbles, and you bless him for speaking your own thoughts but also curse him for making it harder to leave.
âI know, so do I. But Iâll see you later, okay?â
A beat. âFine,â he sighs, then pushes himself off of you. He doesnât look at you while you put your clothes back on and walk out of the room, but you know he canât have fallen asleep again so quickly, so youâre terrified of having said or done something extremely wrong, but you canât take it back now, so you just close the door behind you and rush back to your own bed.
The breakfast table is completely silent, the tension between you and your father clear to your mother, who doesnât say anything, scared of accidentally adding fuel to the fire, and even to your sister, who eats her grapefruit quietly, darting her eyes back and forth between the three of you. Jay shows up from only God knows where and, not even trying to read the room, asks cheerfully what youâre all planning on performing at the show.
âWe wonât be at the show,â your father says, making everyoneâs heads snap towards him. âWeâre leaving tomorrow morning, miss the weekend traffic.â
âWe havenât discussed this, honey,â your mother says just as Seeun whines, âBut Daddy, weâll miss the show!â You keep quiet, pretending the overcooked scrambled eggs on your plate are the most interesting thing youâve ever seen.Â
âItâs the biggest night of the season!â Jay chimes in, also trying to persuade him.
âYeah, and I wanted to sing something!â your sister adds.
Your father looks back and forth between your motherâs and sisterâs bewildered faces, then sighs and begrudgingly bows to their wishes. âAlright, alright, it was just an idea.â
A smile breaks on your motherâs face and Seeun clasps her hands together with a small noise of joy. âPerfect,â Jay exclaims, pointing a finger at you as he walks away. âBaby, Iâll need you for props.â
âSo, Seeun, what songs do you have in mind?â your father asks and gets up, gesturing at your sister to follow him, although he looks completely uninterested. She practically jumps up from her seat and starts listing all her song ideas, leaving her half-finished breakfast behind.
You finish eating your own, making small talk with your mother for long enough so that she isnât suspicious of your trying to escape, although you can tell she knows something is up and just wonât mention it. You thank her silently for it, and excuse yourself from the table to go check up on Chaewon.
When you get to her room, sheâs still in bed, but isnât sleeping and doesnât look in pain anymore - sheâs sitting up, flicking through a fashion magazine. She smiles brightly when she sees you at her door, discarding the magazine and extending her hands out to you.
âHow are you feeling?â you ask as you take her hands in yours, crouching next to her bed.
âMuch, much better,â she says, sounding relieved at her own answer. âYou just missed your father. Heâs an amazing man.â
You only have time to talk for a minute when the door opens once again to reveal Sunghoon. Seeing him creates a pit in your stomach, either from the memory of what you did last night or from the way you had to escape soon thereafter. You stand up straight, taking a few steps away from Chaewon. He looks at you briefly before turning his attention to her, and asks the same question you did moments prior.
âIâm feeling a lot better. Babyâs father says Iâm still able to have children.â
âThatâs great, Chaewon, thatâs amazing,â Sunghoon says, sounding relieved.
âBut what about you guys? How did the show go last night?â she asks, a hopeful expression on her face.
Sunghoon glances at you, and you avoid his gaze as best you can. âIt went well,â he simply says, not explaining any further.Â
âYeah, I didnât do the lifts, but other than that it went well.â
Chaewon looks at him, then at you, and all at once notices the awkward tension in the air - and she understands the situation as clearly as if it had been written out in black and white for her.
Itâs silent for a few seconds until you speak. âWell, I guess I better go then⌠Iâll see you around.â You give Chaewon a small smile and head to the door, letting your eyes linger on Sunghoon before slipping out. But of course, you canât actually bring yourself to leave, and sit on the stairs a few meters away from the door. From where you are, you can hear every word spoken inside the cabin.
âSunghoon,â Chaewon starts.
âSo, youâre feeling better, huh?â
âSunghoon.â
âBut you should still get some rest, right?â
âSunghoon, stop it.â That shuts him up. âWhat are you doing? Youâve told me so many times not to get mixed up with them,â she says, sounding at once worried and reproachful.
âI know what Iâm doing, alright?â
âSunghoon, listen to me you gotta stop it, you know itâs not gonna end well-â
âI said I know what Iâm doing,â he snaps, but seems to immediately regret it. âIâm sorry. Iâm sorry, Chaewon, I just- youâre in no position to be worrying about me right now. I know what Iâm doing. I trust her.â Thereâs a small silence, and you have no idea what expression Chaewon must be wearing right now. Is she unsure, satisfied, worried, angry? Is she nodding, trying to respect his decision, or looking like Sunghoonâs making the biggest mistake of his life? âIâve gotta go, but Iâll see you later, alright? Rest up.â
âAlright, see you later, Hoon,â she says quietly, and when Sunghoon opens the door, he finds you waiting for him. You stand up and just look at him, unsure how to express whatâs on your mind. Youâd completely forgotten everything you had meant to tell him.
âOh, hey, Baby,â he says upon seeing you.
âHey.â
You both just stand there, staring at each other, no idea how to start the much-needed conversation.
âLook, Iâve got a uh, a lesson I need to go to right now, soâŚâ he trails off.
âRight, right, no problem,â you say, nodding far too vigorously.
âBut Iâll see you around.â
âYeah, you will.â
Neither of you move for a few moments, and you feel like youâre completely stuck in place, unable to move until youâve had the reassurance that things can stay as they were between you and Sunghoon. But he walks past you, already a few meters away when you gather the courage to call out his name, and he turns around so quickly, you dare to hope he might have been waiting for you to do so. You donât say anything, you just smile, and hope he understands. He smiles back, an actual smile where his dimples appear and the corners of his eyes crinkle, and you know that for now at least, everything is okay.
-
âGod, I am so sick of this rain,â your sister complains as she dabs powder on her face, covering up non-existent blemishes. All four of you are in the living room of your bungalow, resting after lunch and getting ready for the rest of the day. You and your father play a boring game of checkers, trying to make the tension disappear slowly, while your mother reads some detective novel.
âWhere is my beige iridescent lipstick?â Seeun asks furiously, punctuating each of her words, as if that was the kind of everyday thing that lies about in everyoneâs house.
Your father wins the game and looks relieved that itâs over more than anything. You pick up a light raincoat and head towards the door, but your mother calls out your name, stopping you in your tracks.
âWhere are you going in this weather?â she asks with curiosity rather than wariness in her voice.
âTheyâre playing charades in the main lobby,â you reply casually, used to giving out random excuses by now.
âQuite the little joiner, are we?â your sister teases, and youâre not sure if sheâs just making fun of you or if she knows youâre up to something but you ignore her anyway and walk out of the cabin.
You make your way to Sunghoonâs place as quickly as you can to avoid the rain. You had ran into him that morning and, when your parents werenât looking, he let you know that he was free all afternoon with a smile that was as good as a spoken invitation.
He brings you into a hug as soon as youâve closed the door behind you and presses a kiss to the top of your head, murmuring an apology into your hair. âIâm sorry I acted so awkwardly yesterday. You left so suddenly that night, and I was scared you regretted itâŚâ
You lean back and gaze into his eyes. âI regret absolutely nothing, Sunghoon.â
He breathes out a relieved sigh, smiling as he nods. âGood. Me either.â
You press your lips to his, and although the kiss starts out slow and soft, it doesnât take long for things to heat up. You let out a small yelp when Sunghoon lifts you up and carries you to the bed, laying you down gently on the mattress. He holds up to the promise heâd made the other night - namely, making you cum on his tongue and fingers as much as you want, or rather, as you soon find out, as much as he wants.
He starts by undressing you slowly, taking his time to revel in the sight of your naked body and the idea that itâs all for him. He only leaves your panties on, rubbing small circles over your clothed clit as he works his mouth on your nipples and breasts, paying each side its due attention. He then makes his way down, leaving warm kisses everywhere he can from your stomach to your inner thighs, and makes sure to work you up and have you squirming before actually slipping your panties off and giving you what you want. Once heâs wrapped his lips around your clit, itâs like he canât get enough. With two fingers inside you, he sucks and licks at the sensitive bud for what feels like so long that you donât know how his wrist and jaw donât get tired. You donât even try to count the number of times he makes you cum, simply taking every orgasm in stride, and even though you get so sensitive after a while, youâve entered some sort of blissful, exhausted daze that you canât bring yourself to break away from.
Afterwards, youâre lying next to Sunghoon, your head resting on his chest and grazing your fingernails up and down his arm while he plays with your hair. Youâve somehow managed not to fall asleep despite the tiredness filling your entire body, and you and Sunghoon talk quietly, the sound of the rain outside like a peaceful background song. You listen to him describe his dream of opening a dance school someday and choreographing professionally, then he listens as you talk about all the places you want to visit and the things you want to learn about the world. You share childhood memories and awkward first kiss anecdotes and compare your relationships with your parents and the similar sort of pressure they put on your shoulders, albeit for two very reasons.
âMy dad especially, he just doesnât understand that dancing can be an actual profession. He sees it as some kind of hobby Iâve had since I was a teenager and that itâll pass soon when I realize I canât make a living out of it. He completely ignores the fact I get paid more in three months here than in half-a-year with him, but he doesnât mind taking the part of my salary I give our family when I come back, thatâs for sure,â he chuckles humorlessly. âIâm scared heâll think Iâm betraying him if I donât take up his carpentry business.â
âI was top of my class in elementary school, and my parents thought that meant I was the brightest little girl in the world and would grow up to achieve great things,â you explain in a joke-admirative voice. âAnd even if they tried not to say anything, I could see the disappointment on their faces when I brought home a B or was ranked third at a test. Iâm happy I got into Yale, and that they can afford to pay for my studies, but itâs just gonna be even more pressure for four more years.â After a beat, you decide to add, âI can only forget about all of this when Iâm with you. You just make all of my worries disappear for a while.â
The conversation takes a slightly sentimental tone as you tell each other what your first impression of the other was. You admit sheepishly to Sunghoon that you were attracted to him as soon as you saw him dancing with Chaewon that first night, and that you hadnât been able to stop thinking about him after he danced with you, even though you found him a bit of an asshole the first couple of days he taught you the dance. You tell him you were sure he hated you at first, and he reveals that he didnât at all.
âBut I can see why you thought that. I just⌠I had never met anyone like you, Baby. Someone who thought she could just show up somewhere and decide to help a stranger out for no other reason than to help them out of the kindness of their heart. I didnât know if you were the most foolish or the bravest person ever. And yeah, Iâll admit, I wasnât the nicest to you at first. I kinda have this thing against⌠against rich people, I guess,â he says, chuckling softly. âFor me, a wealthy person is like Max, or Jay, or all those ladies here. They use their wealth to get you to do what you want. But youâre not like that, and it took me a while to understand that. Iâm sorry,â he finishes, pressing another kiss to your hair.
âNo, no, itâs okay⌠Iâm sorry theyâve all treated you like that. You deserve better.â He thanks you quietly and a comfortable silence settles between the two of you for a few minutes and youâre close to falling asleep when Sunghoon calls out your name.
âHm?â
âWhatâs your real name?â
You raise your head to look at him and flash him a big smile. Itâs been ages since someone asked you that, most people not bothering to question your nickname.
âItâs Y/N.â
âY/NâŚâ he echoes, gazing at you lovingly. âIt fits you perfectly.â
You press a gentle kiss to his lips in response, and you think itâs gonna end at that, but Sunghoon pulls you back in right as youâre about to lean out, and you know youâre done for. Youâre still extremely sensitive but that only adds to the pleasure of him filling you up, intertwining your fingers with him as you make love, his thrusts slow but deep and your bodies pressed flush against each other. Your heart is bursting with something that you can only recognize as love.
-
That night, as youâre on the verge of falling asleep, your sister says something that jolts you awake.
âIâve decided to go all the way with Heeseung,â she says, a hint of a smile in her voice.Â
You snap your head towards her. âWhat? Seeun, no, you shouldnât-â
âIâve already thought about everything. I want it to happen on the night of rehearsals, I know what Iâll wear-â
âNo, Seeun, listen, you canât do it with Heeseung, Iâve already told you heâs bad news!â you whisper-scream, trying to get some sense into her head without your parents overhearing.
âWho else with, then?â she whisper-shouts back.
âJust- I donât know, but not with him, it needs to be with someone you actually love, someone you can trust-â
âI can trust Heeseung. I do trust him - more than I trust you, actually,â she says, the conversation taking another turn.
âSeeun-â
âNo, Baby. You donât actually care about this, or even about me. All you care about is that youâre not Daddyâs little girl anymore. He listens when I talk now.â She turns her back to you with a huff.
âSeeun-â you try again, but sheâs already done talking.
âGoodnight.â
You want to find a way to stop your sister from wasting an important experience like having sex for the first time on a guy like Heeseung, but you also know that once sheâs set her mind to something, itâs hard to stop Seeun from doing it. Maybe this will be a lesson for her to learn from, you think, trying to reassure yourself.
The next afternoon, when your parents are busy playing cards with another couple and Seeun is off somewhere with her friends, you sneak off to visit Sunghoon in his dance classroom. He has an hour free in between classes and you use that opportunity to mess around for a bit. You put on a song you both love and dance together whichever way you want, acting out and lipsyncing to the lyrics. You have fun teasing him by swerving your head when he leans in for a kiss or trailing your hand along his arms, shoulders and back.
The sound of loud footsteps coming up the stairs spoils your fun, and you quickly position yourself face to the mirror and pretend youâre practicing basic mambo moves while Sunghoon heads to the record player. The one and only Jay stands at the door and seems to falter for a second at seeing you here.
âHey, Baby, taking dance lessons?â You simply nod at him. âI could teach you kid,â he says, mirroring your moves and dancing a few steps until Sunghoon makes the record scratch, stopping the music abruptly. Jayâs arms drop to the side and he gives you a look as if to say âcheck this guy out,â and you try not to roll your eyes at him.Â
âSunghoon,â he says, walking towards him with all the confidence of a boss talking to his employee. The addressee simply raises his chin at him, pretending to busy himself with the record player. âMy grandfather put me in charge of the talent show, and Iâve been thinking about the final dance. Iâd like to uh, you know, do something different-â
âYeah?â
âMove with the times-â
âYeah? Thatâs great, Iâve got plenty of ideas-â Sunghoon says, speaking so quickly he cuts himself off, but Jayâs smile drops instantly. âWeâve been working on something with the staff, it goes like-â
You watch in the mirror as Sunghoon dances a step youâve never seen before, and it looks really cool but Jay shakes his head, gesturing at Sunghoon to quiet down like he would a kid, as if they werenât the exact same age.
âWoah there, youâre way over your head, boy.â Sunghoon stands up straight once again, jaw locked tight. âI was thinking, instead of doing the last dance to the mambo, how about, this year, doing it to the pachanga?â Jay asks, looking at you with a smile and nodding, as if heâd just said the most revolutionary thing ever.
âRight,â Sunghoon says coldly, bursting Jayâs bubble.
âWell,â he says, clearing his throat, âyouâre more than welcome to do the same tired number as the previous years, but Iâm sure that next summer, weâll find a dance instructor whoâs-â
âThe pachanga,â Sunghoon cuts him off, raising his voice over Jayâs. âGreat idea, Jay, letâs do that.â
A satisfied smile grows on Jayâs lips as Sunghoon turns back to the record player, and he struts back towards you. When heâs close enough, he leans in and says conspiratorially, but still loud enough for Sunghoon to hear, âHeâs, uh, a bit hard to get through to sometimes, but the ladies seem to like him.â He doesnât realize that youâre one of said ladies. âMake sure youâre getting the full half-hour youâre paying, kid,â he says once heâs at the door, and slips out on that graceful note.
Sunghoonâs next class takes place on the gazebo, so you accompany him there, trying to keep up with his long strides made quicker by his frustration. âGod, I just hate that guy, he has no idea what heâs talking about. He wouldnât recognise a good idea if it hit him in the pachanga,â he huffs angrily.
âBut canât you just talk to him? Iâm sure heâd listen if youâd just tell him-â
âDidnât you see what happened, Baby? He wonât listen. I canât get everything I want just by asking, heâs the one with the money, with the power, I canât do anything-â
âBut it isnât right! You have to fight harder-â
âThatâs not how it works for me, Baby-â
You let out a small gasp, interrupting Sunghoon whose head pivots towards you, but you take him by the shoulders and bring him down to a crouch next to you. He follows your gaze to find your father, leaving a building with Heeseung and Seeun. Your dad brings his arm around Heeseung and shakes his shoulder in a fatherly manner while Seeun looks at them with a smile.Â
Sunghoonâs muscles tense in realization - you donât want to be caught with him, especially not by your father.Â
Youâre completely oblivious to this, and stand back up when the three of them are out of sight. âAlright, I think theyâre gone,â you say, and only realize what youâve done when you see the tight expression on Sunghoonâs face.
âFight harder, huh?â
You just messed up real bad. âNo, Sunghoon, I was planning on telling him, I just havenât yet-â
âI donât believe you, Baby. I donât think youâve ever had the intention of telling him,â he says, shaking his head. His eyes look down at you harshly, and it hurts so much more now than when youâd just met.Â
âSunghoon, please-â
âI gotta go. Iâll see you later, Y/N.â
You watch Sunghoonâs shrinking figure, cursing yourself for your cowardice and for your inability to do exactly what you preach. Your father was already so disappointed in you for simply being friends with Sunghoon, so if he knew what you were actually up to, he might go and disown you.
A few hours with no one to spend them with get you thinking. You had always thought your father was the best man on earth. Funny, loving, kind, fair. But you now realize it might not be so - he is prejudiced towards people who arenât like him and isnât forgiving of othersâ mistakes. He made you believe in a world where everyone should be equal, but he himself doesnât treat everyone the same.Â
You also hate what this is doing to Sunghoon. You, who had told him he deserved everything he wanted, werenât even capable of holding his hand proudly for everyone to see. So, for Sunghoonâs sake as well as for your own, you have to tell your father how you feel for Sunghoon, and put up a fight if he tries to stop it.
But first, you had to find Sunghoon and apologize. Itâs nearing dinnertime, and he shouldnât be working anymore, so you go look for him in his room. He isnât there, so you head to his dance studio, then the gazebo, and anywhere else you can think of where he might have classes. But heâs nowhere to find, and after half-an-hour of running around, your last option is to go ask Chaewon where Sunghoon might be. At least, you know sheâll be in her room, still recovering.
You take a second to catch your breath then knock on Chaewonâs door, then wait until she calls you in to open the door. âHey, Chaewon, have you seen Sunghoon?â you ask, only realizing after youâve said the words that it might be rude to be so direct, but you donât have time to apologize because your eyes shift to the other person in the room, who is, of course, Sunghoon himself. He stands up from his seat on the armchair in the corner, looking at you with an unreadable expression. He could be anywhere on a scale where one extreme is âhe hates you and never wants to talk to you againâ and âhe has never been so relieved to see youâ and youâd have no idea.
âCan we, um, talk? Outside, if itâs okay?â you ask, eyes darting back and forth between Sunghoon and Chaewon. She smiles and jerks her head towards the door, silently telling Sunghoon to go with you. He purses his lips and nods, following you outside and closing the door behind him.
He rests his palms on the banister of the front porch, looking out at the lawn and the resort buildings in the distance. You stand behind him, bringing your palms up to his arms and kissing his shoulder. He closes his eyes and sighs, basking in your touch despite himself. âIâm sorry, Sunghoon. Iâm sorry.âÂ
He turns around, gazing down at you with that unreadable expression on his face. âItâs okay. I understand.â
When he kisses you, the relief in your bones is like nothing else, better even than coming home to your bed after a long, tiring day, or than getting a good grade on a test you thought youâd failed. Your arms wrap around his neck while his find their way to your waist, and you revel in the closeness of your bodies and the taste of his lips, like mint and something uniquely Sunghoon that you canât ever get enough of.
But unfortunately, you stay long enough in this position to attract the attention of a one-man audience. âDamn, guess I picked the wrong sister,â you hear Heeseung chuckle, and when you pull away from Sunghoon, you see that insufferable smirk on his face. How you wish you could just smack it off of there. âDidnât know you put out like that, Baby.â
It all happens so quickly, you donât have time to understand whatâs going on, let alone stop Sunghoon from jumping over the banister. He stomps over to Heeseung, grabbing him by the collar and shaking hard.Â
âRepeat what you just said, I dare you,â he says in a low, menacing voice, face close to Heeseungâs. The latterâs smirk falters for just a split second before coming back, as if incapable of not looking like an arrogant asshole for more than a few seconds at a time.
âI said,â Heeseung starts, âthat I hadnât thought Baby was so fucking easy.â
Heeseung has barely finished speaking that Sunghoon has raised his fist back, ready to strike the insolent expression off of the boyâs face. Itâd be satisfying, thatâs for sure, but it wouldnât be worth risking his job, so you call out his name and make him stop in his tracks. He doesnât look back at you, though, just keeps his hard gaze fixated on Heeseung, breathing heavily in anger.
âSunghoon, please,â you repeat, pleading with him.Â
âSo, whatâs it gonna be, loverboy?â Heeseung teases, but Sunghoon just drops his fist and pushes him away, making him stumble a few steps back.Â
âYouâre not worth it,â Sunghoon practically spits, sending one last cold look his way before walking back to you.
You donât care enough to check how Heeseung reacts, just watching Sunghoon make his way back to you, relieved nothing happened. He stands in front of the banister, the height difference allowing you to hug his head to your chest and you press a kiss to the top of his head, whispering in his hair that youâre proud of him.
Soon afterwards, you have to head back to the building where the talent show will happen. He could do it anywhere else, but Sunghoon decides to plan out his performance in the same room, using the excuse of needing to see the stage just to stay around you.Â
Youâre painting some sort of fake coconut tree while competitors rehearse their performance, your sister by far the loudest of them. You try not to cringe as her dissonant voice reverbs around the room, but nobody pays her too much attention. Itâs hard not to steal glances every two seconds at Sunghoon, and you tell yourself that he just looks especially good today in his tight black t-shirt and black jeans, but you also know he looks good everyday. His gaze also strays towards you more often than not, and you try not to burst into giggles every time your eyes meet, not wanting to raise any suspicion.Â
This room is also where a group of men play their games of poker, and since it was big enough to host all of you, they had decided to stay there even through the preparations, sure that it wouldnât disrupt their game.Â
The not-staring takes on another level of difficulty when a lady you recognize as Vivian Kim leaves her spot standing behind her husband at the poker table to make her way to Sunghoon, walking in a fashion far too languorous for your taste.Â
From where you are, you canât hear exactly what she says, but itâs not hard to guess - an invitation to spend the night with her while her husband is busy, one last time before she leaves the resort and goes home.
Sunghoon stays silent but that doesnât seem to deter her, and she flashes him a lurid smile before walking back to the poker table. He turns his head to check if youâve seen what happened, but you look away from him and back at your coconut tree, hoping the jealousy youâre feeling isnât written all over your face.Â
Vivianâs husband calls out Sunghoonâs name, waving him over good-naturedly. You watch once again as Sunghoon walks over to the table and as Mr Kim pulls out dollar bills from his wallet. âTonightâs the final poker tournament, so how about some dance lessons for my wife?â he asks, and you canât tell from his tone whether he thinks that dance lessons really are what his money is paying for or if he knows whatâs actually going on.
Sunghoon takes the money and Mr Kim smiles at him, returning to the game, but Sunghoon just stands there, staring at the bills in his hands, then to Vivian, behind him to you, and finally back at Mr Kim. âThanks, Mr Kim, but Iâm all booked up for the rest of the week âcause of the show, so I donât think itâd be fair to take the money.â
Mr Kim nods as Sunghoon hands him back the cash, saying he appreciates his honesty. Vivian looks at him, eyes wide, obviously surprised at his sudden refusal. Sunghoon walks back to his seat, sending a small smile your way, and you try your best not to gloat.Â
-
In the past few days, itâs become a bit of a habit to sneak out of your bungalow and rush to Sunghoonâs when your family has gone to sleep. Except tonight, what you donât know is that Seeun hears you, because sheâs planning on doing the exact same thing and paying Heeseung a visit. Youâre already with your own lover when she heads out of the room, skipping in excitement and anticipation the whole way there. Sheâs applied lotion to her entire body, sprayed perfume to her neck, wrists and ankles, and has read all the sex advice columns of her favorite magazines - sheâs more than prepared for this.
She reaches the door. Takes a deep breath in, stands up straight. Calls out, âHeeseung, itâs me!â but no answer comes. So she opens the door slightly, and almost drops her bag at the sight in front of her, gasping loudly. She has just enough reflex to close the door again and rest her back against it, taking a few seconds to let it sink in before running back to her bed, where she promptly explodes into tears.
Now more than ever, she wishes her sister was here, whether to comfort her or to say âI told you so.â She wishes you were here to help her make sense of finding Vivian Kim and Heeseung naked together in his bed when he had spent weeks making her believe he wanted to be with her and her only. She wishes you would curse him out and call him all the names she wants to but doesnât have the courage to.
But unfortunately, youâre not there with her. Instead, youâre with Sunghoon, laying together in bed, your head resting on his chest and your legs intertwined. Youâre both spent from a night of lovemaking and from your shower that was supposed to be innocent but quickly turned steamy. You wake up at dawn, knowing youâll have to go soon but heart breaking at the thought of tearing yourself from Sunghoonâs warm embrace. You press soft kisses to his neck and whisper his name, trying to wake him up gently. His eyes stay closed as he tightens his arms around you and pleads with you to stay just a little bit longer, and youâre not strong enough to say no.
âI had a dream earlier where your father called me âsonâ and put his arm around me like he did with Heeseung earlier.â His morning voice is raspy from sleep and sends butterflies straight to your stomach.
âIâm sorry, Sunghoon,â you hum. âIâll talk to him today. Iâll tell him about you.â
You feel his chest rise up then down as he sighs. âI thought about it, and I feel like itâd make things even worse if he knew about us. He just seems to think Iâm a bad guy, for some reason, and me being with his daughter will only make him hate me more.â
âBut youâre not a bad guy. Youâre the best guy,â you say, voice slightly whiny. Youâre too sleepy to come up with a better reply, and it makes Sunghoon chuckle.
âThanks, Baby.â He presses a kiss to your hair, and itâs become such a familiar gesture that youâre not sure how youâll live without it once you go home.
Itâs not long before you have to head back to your bungalow, and Sunghoon walks you outside, slotting his lips with yours for one last time this morning and making plans to meet up later. You donât pay attention to anything other than him - not to the slight breeze picking up, or the sun rising, or the staff bungalows, off to the side from Sunghoonâs. But not paying attention means not noticing a figure standing on one of those staff bungalows, not seeing her eyes squinting at yours and Sunghoonâs embrace, first recognising him, and, once her initial shock wears off, recognising you. Because of course, just like you, Vivian Kim has to leave Heeseungâs bungalow before anyone notices - except that in your case, someone notices you.
And the consequences of it appear only a few hours later, as your family are having a late breakfast with Max and Jay. When the conversation first begins, you donât think itâll be of much importance to you.
âYou know that feeling when you look at a patient and think heâs all fine, but then you get his x-rays and somethingâs completely wrong?â Max starts, addressing your father. âThatâs exactly what it is to find out one of your staff, a trusted one at that, is a thief.â
âWhat happened, Max?â your father asks, eyebrows furrowed.
âMr Kimâs wallet was stolen,â Max simply says, sighing. Jay jumps on the opportunity to explain the story himself, leaning in conspiratorially.
âIt happened yesterday night when he was playing poker. One minute, his wallet was right there in his coat pocket, hanging on his chair behind him, and the next, it wasnât.â Your sister lets out a small gasp.
âVivian says she saw that dance kid Sunghoon walk by,â Max continues, and your head snaps up at the mention of Sunghoonâs name. âSo we go and ask him if heâs got an alibi, and he says he was in his room alone all night, reading.â
Jay snorts. âThere is not a single book in Sunghoon Parkâs room.â
The whole time, youâre shaking your head slightly, unable to believe that Sunghoon might be wrongfully framed for this. You turn towards Jay, a pleading expression on your face. âListen, thereâs been a mistake, thereâs no way Sunghoon did it-â
âThereâs been similar thefts at the Sheldrake and even here. Three wallets stolen, and now Mr Kimâs!â
âNo, I know he didnât do it-â
âStay out of it, Baby!â Jay snaps at you. You look at him in disbelief, because of the way he just talked to you, because of what theyâre accusing Sunghoon of, but above all because itâs inconceivable that your parents ever wanted to set you up with a guy like him. Entitled, judgmental, unkind.
But you canât just stay out of it - this concerns Sunghoon, and if you can stop it from happening, youâll do everything so that he doesnât lose his job over a false accusation. So you turn towards your father and Max, and plead Sunghoonâs case.
âI know Sunghoon didnât take Mr Kimâs wallet, I know.â
âHow can you be so sure?â your father asks.
âI-I canât tell you, but Daddy, please, you have to trust me.â
Your father sighs, turning his attention back to his plate. âIâm sorry, Baby, but I canât.â
âBut- it couldâve been anyone else,â you continue, looking at Max now that your father avoids your gaze. âMaybe it was- oh, maybe it was that little old couple, the Schumachers, I saw her with a couple of wallets-â
âThe Schumachers? Impossible,â Max refutes as your father furrows his eyebrows at you, raising his voice slightly.
âYou donât go around accusing innocent people, Baby!â
âBut I saw them, I saw them at the Sheldrake- you said something was stolen at the Sheldrake, right?â you say, turning towards Jay again, your voice growing desperate.â
âListen, Baby,â Max cuts in, voice calm but firm, âIâve got an eyewitness and the kid has no alibi. Come on, Jay, let me show you how to fire an employee.â
You catch his wrist before he can turn away and gulp, preparing yourself for what you were about to say. âWait a minute. I know Sunghoon didnât do it, I know it, because he was in his room all night, and I know that because,â you pause for a second, risking a glance at your father, âbecause I was there with him.â
The table goes silent. You can feel yourself weighing down under the heavy gazes of everyone seated. After a few seconds that feel like an eternity, Max clears his throat and awkwardly says, âRight, well, weâll investigate some more in light of these news-â
Heâs cut off by the screech of your fatherâs chair being roughly pushed back. You watch as your father leaves the room, steam coming out of his ears, and you can only hope revealing the truth will be worth it in the end.
After giving your father some time to cool off, you find him in the empty gazebo, looking out at the lake. The water is still except for the parts where ducks dip their heads in and back out. Even now that the rain has stopped pouring every day, clouds still render the sky a blinding white, and the sun only appears now and then when they part enough to let a ray through. Thereâs a slight breeze that makes leaves flutter around, and you need to tighten your light cardigan around your shoulders.
You know he sees you approaching, but he keeps his gaze fixated on the lake, even when you call out to him.Â
âI told you I wasnât lying about Sunghoon,â you start. âBut Iâm sorry I lied about the money. Iâm not proud of myself for that, you know. But you lied too,â you say, and he finally looks at you, awaiting an explanation. âYou told me everyone deserved a fair break, but you meant everyone like you. You said I could change the world, but you meant by becoming a lawyer, or an economist, and marrying someone from Harvard!â
He closes his eyes as if in pain, then looks back out to the lake, staying silent. âI made a mistake. Thereâs things about me you donât know, and things you might not like, but Iâm in this family too, and if you love me, youâll have to love my faults too.â Your voice shakes and your eyes start to water. Seeing your fatherâs eyes do the same only adds to the difficulty of saying what you want to say.
âBecause I love you, Daddy, and Iâm sorry I let you down, but you let me down too!â Your voice completely breaks on those last words, and you turn away, letting your feet guide you wherever before your dad can hear the sob that escapes your throat. You know your dadâs silent treatment wonât last for long, so you leave him in the gazebo to think and cry as much as he needs to.
Your body must have developed new instincts, because soon enough, you find yourself in Sunghoonâs cabin, unsure how you even got here. His things are still there, which reassures you of the fact that he hasnât left yet. You pace back and forth in the room for a few minutes until your emotions suddenly come crashing down, all the stress and tension and strung feelings, leaving behind only exhaustion. You lay on Sunghoonâs bed, thinking youâll just close your eyes for a few minutes. But when you open them again, they fall on Sunghoonâs face, and you have no idea how long youâve been there.
âSunghoon?â you murmur.
âI have been looking for you all over,â he says, crouching in front of you, and gives you time to sit up and rub the sleep out of your eyes. âYou were right about the Schumachers. Fingerprinted their glasses. Turns out they were wanted in a bunch of other states for theft too. They found them when they were already trying to leave the resort,â he explains, and your smile grows wider and wider as he speaks.Â
âOh my God, thatâs amazing! I knew itâd work out!â
But Sunghoon diverts his gaze down, unable to match your euphoric expression. âIâm out, Baby.â
You quickly put two and two together. âThey fired you anyway because of me.âÂ
âAnd if I leave quietly, I get my summer bonus,â he says sarcastically.
Your anger makes you stand up, walk to one corner of the room then back, your voice rising on its own accord. âSo I did it all for nothing, then? I hurt my family, you lost your job anyway - it was all for nothing!â
âIt was not for nothing!â Sunghoon exclaims, volume matching yours. âNobody has ever done anything like that for me!â He searches your eyes for the reassurance that everything that happened this summer was worth it, but he only finds sorrow in them.
âYou were right, Sunghoon,â you say with a sad smile, voice lowering to a hum, âyou canât change anything no matter how hard you try.â
âNo, Baby,â he says, walking towards you, âI donât want that from you, you hear me? You can. You can do whatever you want.â
Your gazes stay locked in each other for a few painful moments until it becomes unbearable and you have to look away. âI used to think so too.â
Thereâs nothing left to say. You watch silently as Sunghoon begins packing the few belongings he has in two small suitcases and a rucksack, then help out when the passivity starts to make your muscles ache. He hasnât got much, so heâs done in just a few minutes, and you donât realize you have tears pooling in your eyes until Sunghoon himself notices and wordlessly takes you in his arms.
Youâre heading to his car when he suddenly stops in his tracks, saying he has something he needs to do first. You donât question it, just agree to wait for him. Itâs not like youâve got anything better to do anyway.
A few minutes later, unbeknownst to you, Sunghoon is knocking on your cabinâs door. Just as heâd hoped, your father is the one to open the door, squinting his eyes meanly at the young man behind it as soon as he realizes who he is. Your father stays silent as he stares Sunghoon down, making a chill run down Sunghoonâs neck. He clears his throat before speaking. âDoctor, I-â he starts, already cutting himself off to take off his sunglasses. âIâm going anyway, and I know what you must be thinking-â
âYou donât know anything about me,â your father interrupts, shaking his head in disdain at Sunghoon. âAnything at all.â
Sunghoon had really wanted to stay calm and focused, to just say what he wanted to stay, but now that heâs leaving, he has no reason to put up with the blatant disrespect and contempt of the clients and higher-ups any longer. âI know you want Baby to be like you. An admirable person, the kind people look up to, but if you could just see, sheâs already like that-â
âI know my daughter far better than you do, so donât you tell me what to see,â your father practically barks, unable to contain his anger. âWhat I see right now is someone who got his partner in trouble and sent her off to some butcher, then moved on to a younger, innocent girl like my Baby.â
Rather than frustrated, Sunghoonâs eyes grow tired and sad. Thereâs no fight left in him anymore - he can see he wonât be able to change your fatherâs mind, thereâs no point even trying. âYeah, I guess thatâs what you would see,â he murmurs before walking away, back to you, the only person whoâs ever wanted to truly understand him.
And then itâs goodbye.Â
While you were waiting, you kicked pebbles, brooding over the fact that your already shortening time with Sunghoon was getting cut off even more. But as soon as you see him, those thoughts evaporate, and youâre left with bittersweetness in your mouth. You spent the most incredible summer with him by your side, and even though itâs coming to an end, maybe the experience and the memories are all that matters.
Sunghoon closes the trunk when heâs done packing it, and walks over to where youâre standing, back against the passenger door, arms crossed over your chest. He rests his forearm on top of the car and neither of you are able to look the other in the eye for fear of emotion overwhelming you.
âGuess we took them all by surprise, huh?â you say, trying on a light-hearted tone to dissolve the tension in the air.
âGuess we did,â he chuckles quietly, risking a glance up at you. Your eyes meet and before you can break down, you turn your body towards his, nesting your face in the crook of his neck. He presses a kiss to your hair like a hundred times before and itâs enough to make your heart break.Â
âI donât know what Iâll do without you around.â
He rests his chin on the top of your head. âYouâll just have more time for card games and croquet,â he jokes, but you canât laugh. âAnd Jake and Chaewon will still be around.â Itâs silent for a few more minutes, and you try to commit the feeling of him against you and the smell of his skin to memory. âIâll never be sorry,â he finally says, voice muffled by your hair.
âNeither will I,â you whisper against his neck.
He inhales deeply and tears himself away, gazing down at you sadly. With his thumb, he wipes a tear as it drops down your cheek, and presses his lips to yours in one last kiss, tasting the saltiness of your heartbreak. âIâll see you around, Baby,â he says against your lips, forehead resting against yours. But he canât linger - it would only make this impossible moment even harder.
Your vision is too blurry for you to see properly as he walks to the other side of the car and disappears in the driverâs seat. In a matter of seconds, his car becomes a fuzzy black dot in the distance, and youâve no choice but to walk back to the place that made you discover love only to rip it from your hands.
-
The three days until the talent show feel like eternity. Counting down the minutes until you leave doesnât make time go by any faster, but you donât feel like doing anything else. You hang out with Chaewon and Jake and their friends when theyâre free, going back with them to the staff main quarters one night, and even though the music is the same as the first time, Sunghoonâs absence changes everything. You canât dance without imagining his hands on your waist and his voice guiding you through the steps.Â
Seeun is also a lot nicer to you. She tells you what happened with Heeseung, and itâs like your shared love troubles bring you closer, reminding you that youâre not so different after all. As you get ready to go watch the talent show, she sits next to you on the bed, offering to do your hair. But then she takes a strand of it in her hands, trailing her fingers through it, and looks at you with a soft smile. âYou know what, I think it looks perfect just like that.âÂ
You mirror her smile and drop your head to her shoulder. You stay like this for a few seconds, words unnecessary to understand each other. âYouâll do great tonight, Seeun. I canât wait to watch you.â
âI know,â she replies, making you both giggle. âNow letâs go, itâll start soon.â
Youâre not surprised to see that your parents have chosen to seat you in a corner, trapped between a wall and your father. Practically the same thing, you think, but youâre wise enough to keep the comment to yourself.Â
The performers have gathered in a line on the stage, your sister included, to sing the resortâs last day song as a conclusion to the show now that Sunghoon isnât here to do the final dance. Max even gets his own solo. The song goes on for far too long to your taste, so you take the time to look around the room.
The lights are dim, save for the ones on the stage so that the focus of the audience stays on the performers, and wall fixtures next to the exits so they can be found easily. Chairs have been brought to the center of the room right in front of the stage while tables line the walls, candles adorning each one. Staff donât get seats - instead, they stand at the back of the room, their backs against the wall as they watch the stage with boredom written all over their faces. You catch Jakeâs eyes and he winks at you, a mischievous smile on his face, and you chalk it up to his usual playfulness.
Heeseung walks near your table, and your father stands up, calling out to him. He gets something that looks like an envelope out of his pocket, handing it to him. âGood luck in medical school, son.â Heeseung takes the envelope, looking down at it with a smile, and your father rests a hand on his shoulder.
âThank you so much, Doc,â Heeseung beams. âAnd I also wanted to thank you for your help with the Chaewon situation, I guess weâve all gotten into messes like these, huh?â Your father stands with his back to you, so you can only imagine the way his smile falls and his eyes harden.
âWhat?â
Heeseungâs smile falters slightly and he chuckles awkwardly. âI-I thought Baby told you⌠Look, itâs what Chaewon said, but Iâm not sure, you never know with girls like that, they could pin it on anyone-â
Your father snatches the envelope back from Heeseungâs hands, glaring at him, and walks back to his seat next to you without a word. Itâs only now that you understand your fatherâs dislike of Sunghoon - he had been certain Sunghoon was the one who had gotten Chaewon into such trouble. How could you have missed that? All this time, you thought it was just because Sunghoon was part of the staff and didnât come from your world. Regret and frustration bubble up in your stomach. So many misunderstandings couldâve been avoided if only you had known what your father thought.
Itâs only after a few minutes that he breaks the silence. âIâm sorry, Baby.â
You take a deep breath in. âThank you, but Iâm not the one you need to apologize to, Daddy.â
He turns his head to look at you. âYouâre right. Youâre right,â he sighs.
Just then, Jake walks past your table and towards the stage, disappearing behind the curtains on the side. You lift your head, trying to see what heâs up to, but the sound of the doors at the back of the room opening and closing loudly catches your attention. It seems to catch everybodyâs attention - you hear small gasps and small murmurs of a familiar name, and your mind directly lands on the possibility, but you donât believe it until you see it standing right in front of you, a hand reaching out to you - Sunghoonâs here.
âNobody puts Baby in a corner.â
You take his hand and let him guide you away from the table. Youâre so enchanted by seeing him again that you barely notice your mother having to keep your father from stopping you. Together, you climb up the small set of stairs, walking past the performers and standing in the middle of the stage, the music stopping abruptly. His voice booms throughout the room when he speaks.
âSorry for the disruption folks, but I always do the last dance of the season. This year, I was told not to. So Iâm gonna do my kind of dancing with a great partner. Not only is she an amazing dancer, but she also taught me that people will stand for other people no matter what it costs them, and about the kind of person I want to be myself. Miss Y/N Y/L/N, everyone.âÂ
Whoops emerge from the back of the room where the staff are standing and you watch as Sunghoon walks to the side of the stage, discarding his leather jacket and exchanging a nod with Jake. The music starts to play - itâs a song youâve heard before, a song you know well because youâve danced to it many times with Sunghoon. Itâs a song you love.Â
He walks towards you, a smirk on his face, eyes heavy with desire. He places his hands on your waist, your own coming up to his forearm, and dips you backwards in a circle, which elicits more cheers from the dancers. He then stands behind you, imitating the starting position of the dance for your performance at the Sheldrake. The music picks up, and after that, itâs like magic. You and Sunghoon know exactly what to do, a mix of the choreography heâd taught you and of other moves you had picked up when you just danced together for fun. All the steps and turns come to you as if you know this dance by heart, and the whole time, youâre looking into each otherâs eyes as they shine with happiness.
Sunghoon makes you spin away from him, and, your arm extended between you two, brings your hand up to his lips and places a delicate kiss to the back of it. Then, he jumps off the stage, prompting gasps and cheers from all around the room, and makes his way while dancing to the back of the room, where the dancers join him. Seconds before the second chorus is about to start, some of them run to you and help you off the stage, and Sunghoon nods at you from the middle of the room. So you run to him, gathering momentum until you reach him and he picks you up, lifting you from the ground up into the air, and you manage to keep your bird-like position for a few seconds. A huge smile breaks on your face as everybody cheers, your mother and sister clapping excitedly and even your father looking at you, astonished, proud.Â
Sunghoon brings you back down slowly, grinning as he gazes at you with only love in his eyes. âI knew you could do it,â he whispers.
The staff starts to invite the guests to dance with them, pushing chairs to the side and getting people to stand up. Jake shows Seeun how to move, reminiscent of the way Sunghoon had done with you, your mother and Jay dance together, and the whole room turns into a dancefloor where couples and small groups can let go and move however they want to.Â
You and Sunghoon head to the exit to find a quieter place, but your father calls out to you before you can slip away. âI found out you werenât the one to get Chaewon in trouble.â Sunghoon simply nods. âI was wrong. I apologize,â he says solemnly, and the corners of Sunghoonâs lips tug slightly upwards.
âThank you, Doctor Y/L/N.â
Your fatherâs eyes drift to you, and his polite expression turns affectionate. âYou looked great up there, Baby.â You sigh, relief washing over your whole body and alleviating the weight on your heart. You let go of Sunghoonâs hands to wrap your arms around your fatherâs neck, and he takes you in a brief but tight hug.
âIâll let you two go now. I need to find your mother, havenât danced with her in ages. Thatâs something else I can thank you for,â he says, smiling down at you.
You watch him walk away for a few seconds until Sunghoon takes your hand in his again, and you slip out the doors to the front lawn. Outside, you close your eyes and take a deep breath of fresh air in, laughing for no reason other than simple joy when your eyes meet his.
He leads you to the gazebo and brings his hands to your waist again. The song is nearing its end but you can still hear it drifting through the open doors and windows of the room. You know that even when itâs over, itâll keep playing in your head - and in your heart.
Just like youâll always keep Sunghoon there.
You move slowly to the rhythm of the last chorus, gazing into each otherâs eyes. You want to enjoy this moment for what it is, but the fact that youâre leaving tomorrow wonât leave your thoughts. This might very well be the last time you and Sunghoon ever dance together, or ever see each other. You can give each other your address and send letters, or exchange home phone numbers and call, but how long will that last? Youâll go to college while he goes home and starts working with his father again, or finds a way to fulfill his dream.
He probably sees the sadness in your eyes and brings you closer to him. He doesnât say anything, but he doesnât need to - you know the same thoughts are cramping his mind. Words are unnecessary, and promises are futile, so for now, you forget everything else, and focus on the sway of your bodies and on his hands holding you tight against him.
Resting the side of your head on his shoulder, you look up at the night sky. The stars are shining bright, unbothered by any clouds, and the full moon gazes down at you protectively. Even when youâre apart, you and Sunghoon will still sleep under the same moon every night. You may be just one of the many love stories sheâs witnessed, but you dare to think that yours is a special one, one that canât be reproduced, one that is uniquely yours.
You continue to dance even when the song is over, letting your bodies bask in the moonlight.
fic taglist: @jaetaimjadore @sleepingsag permanent taglist: @ozymandia-s @bbujiikseu @sunghoonmybeloved @lalalalawon @sd211 Š asahicore on tumblr, 2023. please do not plagiarize, repost or translate my works. feedback and reblogs are always appreciated!
#sunghoon smut#enhypen smut#sunghoon angst#enhypen angst#sunghoon fluff#enhypen fluff#sunghoon x reader#enhypen x reader#sunghoon fanfiction#enhypen fanfiction#sunghoon au#enhypen au
1K notes
¡
View notes
Text
Haikyuu men as fathers :D
Part 2, Part 3, and Part 4
FT. Hinata, Bokuto, Suna, and Kenma. (If you guys want other characters lmk, i'm just not in the mood to do a bunch rn)
SO I JUST READ LIKE THE CUTEST HAIKYUU FATHERHOOD ONE SHOT AND NOW I WANNA DO HAIKYUU CHARACTERS AS DADS, HEAD CANONS (More of the earlier stages of fatherhood, when they first experience it)
This is the first thing I've written on tumblr pls spare me...
Warnings: Indication of relationships and marriage and some angst (mentions of abortion) for a few characters (just put that there just in case) Enjoy lovelies <33
Also sorry for any typos or grammar errors. I'm too lazy to reread through it and check lol.
...
Hinata Shoyo:
He was quite surprised at the announcement of your pregnancy that he passed out
He was soooo excited none the less, being a father sounded pretty fun
He definitely started reading books to try to help him figure things out
He was a terrible diaper changer (like no fucking joke, I think he'd be scared to change another one), he'd seen you do it so many times but for some reason he could never avoid getting peed on
Would brag to everyone about how cute his little baby is, "My baby just got their first tooth, and they're learning how to crawl! They've also got the cutest little chubby cheeks."
If the baby looks like you he would literally talk about it all the time. "Beautiful, just like your mama."
He's had experience with babies because well... Natsu <3
He got the baby a matching jersey so you two could watch his games :)
Bokuto Kotaro:
After finding out you were pregnant he would tell EVERYBODY The two of you were walking together to get ramen and you guys walked into the restaurant and got seats. The waiter came to you two and asked what'd you like to drink. "Hey, guess what? My wife is pregnant! Isn't that amazing?! We're gonna have a baby!" You had to hide your face from embarrassment but the waiter just giggled, Bokuto is def a himbo, your himbo.
He enjoyed decorating the room for your baby
He would dead ass miss practice to go to your appointments for the baby
The first time he held your little bundle of joy he cried like a damn baby, he couldn't help it. It made him so happy that the two of you brought a life into the world.
He didn't let Kenma hold your child for awhile because he was scared he'd drop the baby :')
Very protective of your little one
He wanted the baby's first word to be "Volleyball" but it was "da da" which still made him very happy
Bo is very proud of the baby you two have created so I'm 100% sure he takes a bunch of himself with the baby to post on his social media
He was scared to change diapers but he soon got the hang of it
100% would get up in the middle of the night when the baby is crying, just to let you sleep. "The baby." You sigh loudly as you hear your little one cry over the baby monitor. "I'll go check on them. You get some rest." You turn your head to face him, "You sure?" He just smiled at you and kissed your temple. "100%"
Suna Rintaro: (ofwhuowghwoqrwq do i need to say anything else?)
He thought you were joking when you said you were pregnant (oops) "That's a good one." He turned his attention back to his phone. "Rin... I'm serious. Do you wanna see the ultrasound?"
A little more on the hesitant side. He didn't want to believe it, but you had the proof so like...
He was low key scared to fuck up, his father was not a very good father so he was scared to be the same way his father was.
He didn't even hold the baby for the first few months. "Rin, come on. You aren't your father. You have me to guide you through the process. Come hold our little one." He stalked up the stairs, "no."
After awhile you finally convinced him to have physical contact with the baby "The baby.. i-is smiling at me?" You giggle at him, "of course they're smiling at you. They love their daddy of course."
After he finally started being around the baby, you literally could not tear him away from that child.
Some days he'd take the baby to practice, to the grocery store, everywhere.
You had to pry the child from his arms most days. "Rin, give the baby here.." He looked at you like you just told him to give away his prized possession. "Hell no." You sighed. "Rin you have to go to work!" He shrugged his shoulders, "the baby can come with me, Komori enjoys taking pics of them during practice." Jeez.. this man truly is something.
Overall he was scared for nothing. He was a great father ;)
Somehow he convinced you to have another one... (weren't you the same one who didn't hold your baby for months?) he wanted to make up for the few firsts that he missed
Kozume Kenma: (oh Lord)
He asked "Are you sure it's mine?" (yeah... virtual slap rn)
He told you he wasn't ready and asked if you'd consider an abortion or adoption, it made you really sad but you realized Kenma wasn't ready
It really hurt him to hear you cry about giving up your child which made him wanna try for you
Did not know how to hold the baby for the life of him "Umm.. am I like- holding it right..?" You burst into laughter at the sight. "Ken, you gotta support their head." He looked down at his baby. "Oh..."
He decided that he needed to do research before he ventured further down the path of fatherhood.
Kenma was confused with diapers. "You... you want me to change its diaper?" You scoffed at him handing him a fresh diaper. "Our baby is not an 'it' Kenma!" He groaned as he took the diaper from you. "Why can't you change it?" You rolled your eyes as if it was obvious. "Because I won't always be there to do it myself, duh."
You were out with a friend one day which meant Kenma was on babysitting duty, he was tempted to call Kuro to come watch his child but he'd say something like, "Kenma, it's your responsibility as a father, blah blah blah.." So he and the baby just kind of sat there staring at each other. "What do you wanna do?" He asked the baby, knowing they can't talk. The baby proceeded to poke Kenma's cheek and yell out, "DA DA DA DA." Kenma thought it was cute and laughed softly. "Yep, that's me." The baby repeated saying 'da' for awhile until they tired themselves out. "You're a lot like me." That day it clicked, he finally understood what it was to be a father
He wasn't very affectionate but he tried to show his baby that he cared the best way he knew how
You saw the changes and it made you happy
You caught him cuddling the baby once, when you accused him of being affectionate he rolled his eyes half awake and said, "M'not being affectionate! Go awayyyy."
Doesn't want to admit to being soft for his baby :)
That's a wrap! If you want more characters lmk! I'd be happy to do a part two, this was fun for me :)
#hinata shoyuo#hinata shoyo#msby hinata#msby bokuto#bokuto kotaro#bokuto#suna rinatro#sunarin#suna rintaro headcanons#bokuto hcs#kenma headcanons#kenma hcs#kenma kozume#kenma#haikyuu characters as dads#because i said so#hear me out#they'd make interesting dads#why was kenma's kinda accurate#babies#pregnancy#anime#haikyuu!!#haikyuu x reader#msby black jackal#volleyball#love these mfs#i literally don't know what i'm doing#first thing i've written on tumblr pls spare me
1K notes
¡
View notes